Searched hist:4 (Results 476 - 500 of 17372) sorted by relevance
| /freebsd-10.2-release/sys/sparc64/sbus/ | ||
| H A D | dma_sbus.c | diff 225931 Sun Oct 02 23:27:20 MDT 2011 marius Make sparc64 compatible with NEW_PCIB and enable it: - Implement bus_adjust_resource() methods as far as necessary and in non-PCI bridge drivers as far as feasible without rototilling them. - As NEW_PCIB does a layering violation by activating resources at layers above pci(4) without previously bubbling up their allocation there, move the assignment of bus tags and handles from the bus_alloc_resource() to the bus_activate_resource() methods like at least the other NEW_PCIB enabled architectures do. This is somewhat unfortunate as previously sparc64 (ab)used resource activation to indicate whether SYS_RES_MEMORY resources should be mapped into KVA, which is only necessary if their going to be accessed via the pointer returned from rman_get_virtual() but not for bus_space(9) as the later always uses physical access on sparc64. Besides wasting KVA if we always map in SYS_RES_MEMORY resources, a driver also may deliberately not map them in if the firmware already has done so, possibly in a special way. So in order to still allow a driver to decide whether a SYS_RES_MEMORY resource should be mapped into KVA we let it indicate that by calling bus_space_map(9) with BUS_SPACE_MAP_LINEAR as actually documented in the bus_space(9) page. This is implemented by allocating a separate bus tag per SYS_RES_MEMORY resource and passing the resource via the previously unused bus tag cookie so we later on can call rman_set_virtual() in sparc64_bus_mem_map(). As a side effect this now also allows to actually indicate that a SYS_RES_MEMORY resource should be mapped in as cacheable and/or read-only via BUS_SPACE_MAP_CACHEABLE and BUS_SPACE_MAP_READONLY respectively. - Do some minor cleanup like taking advantage of rman_init_from_resource(), factor out the common part of bus tag allocation into a newly added sparc64_alloc_bus_tag(), hook up some missing newbus methods and replace some homegrown versions with the generic counterparts etc. - While at it, let apb_attach() (which can't use the generic NEW_PCIB code as APB bridges just don't have the base and limit registers implemented) regarding the config space registers cached in pcib_softc and the SYSCTL reporting nodes set up. diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 166147 Sat Jan 20 14:06:01 MST 2007 marius - Use bus_get_dma_tag() to obtain the parent DMA tag so dma(4) will work when we start requiring this. - Don't specify an alignment when creating our own parent DMA tag; the supported DMA engines require no alignment constraint (f.e. the LANCE child does though) and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). - Fix whitespace nits. |
| H A D | lsi64854var.h | diff 226947 Sun Oct 30 21:29:22 MDT 2011 marius - Use device_t rather than the NetBSDish struct device. - Move esp_devclass to ncr53c9x.c in order to allow different bus front-ends to use it. - Use KOBJMETHOD_END. - Remove the gl_clear_latched_intr hook as it's not needed for any of the chips nor the front-ends supported in FreeBSD and likely never will be. - Correct the DMA constraints used in the SBus front-end, the LSI64854 isn't limited to 32-bit DMA. - The ESP200 also only supports up to 64k transfers. - Don't let the DMA and SBus front-end supply a maximum transfer size larger than MAXPHYS as that's the maximum the upper layers use and we otherwise just waste resources unnecessarily. - Initialize the ECB callout and don't zero the handle when returning ECBs to the free list so that ncr53c9x_callout() actually is called with the driver lock held. - On detach the driver lock should be held across cam_sim_free() according to isp(4) and a panic received. - Check the return value of NCRDMA_SETUP(), i.e. bus_dmamap_load(9), and try to handle failures gracefully. - In ncr53c9x_action() replace N calls to xpt_done() in a switch with just one at the end. - On XPT_PATH_INQ report "NCR" rather than "Sun" as the vendor as the former is somewhat more correct as well as the maximum supported transfer size via maxio in order to take advantage of controllers that that can handle more than DFLTPHYS. - Print the number of MESSAGE (EXTENDED) rejected. - Fix the path encoded in the multiple inclusion protection of ncr53c9xvar.h. - Correct the DMA constraints used in the LSI64854 core to not exceed the maximum supported transfer size and include the boundary so we don't need to check on every setup of a DMA transfer. - Let the bus DMA map callbacks do nothing in case of an error. - Correctly handle > 64k transfers for FAS366 in the LSI64854. A new feature flag NCR_F_LARGEXFER was introduced so we just need to check for this one and not for individual controllers supporting large transfers in several places. - Let the LSI64854 core load transfer buffers using BUS_DMA_NOWAIT as the NCR53C9x core can't handle EINPROGRESS. Due to lack of bounce buffers support, sparc64 doesn't actually use EINPROGRESS and likely never will, as an example for writing additional front-ends for the NCR53C9x core it makes sense to set BUS_DMA_NOWAIT anyway though. - Some minor cleanup. diff 226381 Sat Oct 15 09:32:32 MDT 2011 marius Merge from NetBSD: - Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses. - Fix memset usage. - Various cleanup. - Kill caddr_t. diff 204646 Wed Mar 03 18:05:43 MST 2010 joel The NetBSD Foundation has granted permission to remove clause 3 and 4 from the software. Obtained from: NetBSD diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/sys/dev/esp/ | ||
| H A D | esp_sbus.c | diff 226947 Sun Oct 30 21:29:22 MDT 2011 marius - Use device_t rather than the NetBSDish struct device. - Move esp_devclass to ncr53c9x.c in order to allow different bus front-ends to use it. - Use KOBJMETHOD_END. - Remove the gl_clear_latched_intr hook as it's not needed for any of the chips nor the front-ends supported in FreeBSD and likely never will be. - Correct the DMA constraints used in the SBus front-end, the LSI64854 isn't limited to 32-bit DMA. - The ESP200 also only supports up to 64k transfers. - Don't let the DMA and SBus front-end supply a maximum transfer size larger than MAXPHYS as that's the maximum the upper layers use and we otherwise just waste resources unnecessarily. - Initialize the ECB callout and don't zero the handle when returning ECBs to the free list so that ncr53c9x_callout() actually is called with the driver lock held. - On detach the driver lock should be held across cam_sim_free() according to isp(4) and a panic received. - Check the return value of NCRDMA_SETUP(), i.e. bus_dmamap_load(9), and try to handle failures gracefully. - In ncr53c9x_action() replace N calls to xpt_done() in a switch with just one at the end. - On XPT_PATH_INQ report "NCR" rather than "Sun" as the vendor as the former is somewhat more correct as well as the maximum supported transfer size via maxio in order to take advantage of controllers that that can handle more than DFLTPHYS. - Print the number of MESSAGE (EXTENDED) rejected. - Fix the path encoded in the multiple inclusion protection of ncr53c9xvar.h. - Correct the DMA constraints used in the LSI64854 core to not exceed the maximum supported transfer size and include the boundary so we don't need to check on every setup of a DMA transfer. - Let the bus DMA map callbacks do nothing in case of an error. - Correctly handle > 64k transfers for FAS366 in the LSI64854. A new feature flag NCR_F_LARGEXFER was introduced so we just need to check for this one and not for individual controllers supporting large transfers in several places. - Let the LSI64854 core load transfer buffers using BUS_DMA_NOWAIT as the NCR53C9x core can't handle EINPROGRESS. Due to lack of bounce buffers support, sparc64 doesn't actually use EINPROGRESS and likely never will, as an example for writing additional front-ends for the NCR53C9x core it makes sense to set BUS_DMA_NOWAIT anyway though. - Some minor cleanup. diff 226381 Sat Oct 15 09:32:32 MDT 2011 marius Merge from NetBSD: - Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses. - Fix memset usage. - Various cleanup. - Kill caddr_t. diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month diff 182876 Mon Sep 08 20:21:05 MDT 2008 marius o Move the MODULE_DEPEND() for cam(4) from the esp_sbus.c front-end to the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends don't need to add it. o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the SBus device. o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably is a bug though). o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the inverse of minimum sync period. o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD: 1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select(). 1.125: free allocated resources on detach. o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset() as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c. o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching fails. o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4) reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and restore the default parameters for the target in question. o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know that we use 32-bit transfers. o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous transfers are negotiated. o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations. o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init() instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset(). o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun. o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages. o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one. o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI status information. o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared. o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate. o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label. o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense. o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs. o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9). o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel after a DMA transfer. o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments. o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9) and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc members. Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 month |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/sys/dev/vt/hw/vga/ | ||
| H A D | vt_vga.c | diff 271769 Thu Sep 18 14:39:59 MDT 2014 dumbbell vt(4): Merge several bug fixes and improvements SVN revisions in this MFC: 269779 270705 270706 271180 271250 271253 271682 271684 Detailed commit list: r269779: fbd: Fix a bug where vt_fb_attach() success would be considered a failure vt_fb_attach() currently always returns 0, but it could return a code defined in errno.h. However, it doesn't return a CN_* code. So checking its return value against CN_DEAD (which is 0) is incorrect, and in this case, a success becomes a failure. The consequence was unimportant, because the caller (drm_fb_helper.c) would only log an error message in this case. The console would still work. Approved by: nwhitehorn r270705: vt(4): Add cngrab() and cnungrab() callbacks They are used when a panic occurs or when entering a DDB session for instance. cngrab() forces a vt-switch to the console window, no matter if the original window is another terminal or an X session. However, cnungrab() doesn't vt-switch back to the original window currently. r270706: drm: Don't "taskqueue" vt-switch if under DDB/panic situation If DDB is active, we can't use a taskqueue thread to switch away from the X window, because this thread can't run. Reviewed by: ray@ Approved by: ray@ r271180: vt_vga: vd_setpixel_t and vd_drawrect_t are noop in text mode r271250: vt(4): Change the terminal and buffer sizes, even without a font This fixes a bug where scroll lock would not work for tty #0 when using vt_vga's textmode. The reason was that this window is created with a static 256x100 buffer, larger than the real size of 80x25. Now, in vt_change_font() and vt_compute_drawable_area(), we still perform operations even of the window has no font loaded (this is the case in textmode here vw->vw_font == NULL). One of these operation resizes the buffer accordingly. In vt_compute_drawable_area(), we take the terminal size as is (ie. 80x25) for the drawable area. The font argument to vt_set_border() is removed (it was never used) and the code now uses the computed drawable area instead of re-doing its own calculation. Reported by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de> Tested by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de> r271253: pause_sbt(): Take the cold path (ie. use DELAY()) if KDB is active This fixes a panic in the i915 driver when one uses debug.kdb.enter=1 under vt(4). PR: 193269 Reported by: emaste@ Submitted by: avg@ r271682: vt(4): Fix a LOR which occurs during a call to vt_upgrade() Reported by: kib@ Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D785 Reviewed by: ray@ Approved by: ray@ r271684: vt(4): Use vt_fb_drawrect() and vt_fb_setpixel() in all vt_fb-derivative Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D789 Reviewed by: nwhitehorn Approved by: nwhitehorn Approved by: re (gjb) diff 271769 Thu Sep 18 14:39:59 MDT 2014 dumbbell vt(4): Merge several bug fixes and improvements SVN revisions in this MFC: 269779 270705 270706 271180 271250 271253 271682 271684 Detailed commit list: r269779: fbd: Fix a bug where vt_fb_attach() success would be considered a failure vt_fb_attach() currently always returns 0, but it could return a code defined in errno.h. However, it doesn't return a CN_* code. So checking its return value against CN_DEAD (which is 0) is incorrect, and in this case, a success becomes a failure. The consequence was unimportant, because the caller (drm_fb_helper.c) would only log an error message in this case. The console would still work. Approved by: nwhitehorn r270705: vt(4): Add cngrab() and cnungrab() callbacks They are used when a panic occurs or when entering a DDB session for instance. cngrab() forces a vt-switch to the console window, no matter if the original window is another terminal or an X session. However, cnungrab() doesn't vt-switch back to the original window currently. r270706: drm: Don't "taskqueue" vt-switch if under DDB/panic situation If DDB is active, we can't use a taskqueue thread to switch away from the X window, because this thread can't run. Reviewed by: ray@ Approved by: ray@ r271180: vt_vga: vd_setpixel_t and vd_drawrect_t are noop in text mode r271250: vt(4): Change the terminal and buffer sizes, even without a font This fixes a bug where scroll lock would not work for tty #0 when using vt_vga's textmode. The reason was that this window is created with a static 256x100 buffer, larger than the real size of 80x25. Now, in vt_change_font() and vt_compute_drawable_area(), we still perform operations even of the window has no font loaded (this is the case in textmode here vw->vw_font == NULL). One of these operation resizes the buffer accordingly. In vt_compute_drawable_area(), we take the terminal size as is (ie. 80x25) for the drawable area. The font argument to vt_set_border() is removed (it was never used) and the code now uses the computed drawable area instead of re-doing its own calculation. Reported by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de> Tested by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de> r271253: pause_sbt(): Take the cold path (ie. use DELAY()) if KDB is active This fixes a panic in the i915 driver when one uses debug.kdb.enter=1 under vt(4). PR: 193269 Reported by: emaste@ Submitted by: avg@ r271682: vt(4): Fix a LOR which occurs during a call to vt_upgrade() Reported by: kib@ Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D785 Reviewed by: ray@ Approved by: ray@ r271684: vt(4): Use vt_fb_drawrect() and vt_fb_setpixel() in all vt_fb-derivative Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D789 Reviewed by: nwhitehorn Approved by: nwhitehorn Approved by: re (gjb) diff 271769 Thu Sep 18 14:39:59 MDT 2014 dumbbell vt(4): Merge several bug fixes and improvements SVN revisions in this MFC: 269779 270705 270706 271180 271250 271253 271682 271684 Detailed commit list: r269779: fbd: Fix a bug where vt_fb_attach() success would be considered a failure vt_fb_attach() currently always returns 0, but it could return a code defined in errno.h. However, it doesn't return a CN_* code. So checking its return value against CN_DEAD (which is 0) is incorrect, and in this case, a success becomes a failure. The consequence was unimportant, because the caller (drm_fb_helper.c) would only log an error message in this case. The console would still work. Approved by: nwhitehorn r270705: vt(4): Add cngrab() and cnungrab() callbacks They are used when a panic occurs or when entering a DDB session for instance. cngrab() forces a vt-switch to the console window, no matter if the original window is another terminal or an X session. However, cnungrab() doesn't vt-switch back to the original window currently. r270706: drm: Don't "taskqueue" vt-switch if under DDB/panic situation If DDB is active, we can't use a taskqueue thread to switch away from the X window, because this thread can't run. Reviewed by: ray@ Approved by: ray@ r271180: vt_vga: vd_setpixel_t and vd_drawrect_t are noop in text mode r271250: vt(4): Change the terminal and buffer sizes, even without a font This fixes a bug where scroll lock would not work for tty #0 when using vt_vga's textmode. The reason was that this window is created with a static 256x100 buffer, larger than the real size of 80x25. Now, in vt_change_font() and vt_compute_drawable_area(), we still perform operations even of the window has no font loaded (this is the case in textmode here vw->vw_font == NULL). One of these operation resizes the buffer accordingly. In vt_compute_drawable_area(), we take the terminal size as is (ie. 80x25) for the drawable area. The font argument to vt_set_border() is removed (it was never used) and the code now uses the computed drawable area instead of re-doing its own calculation. Reported by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de> Tested by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de> r271253: pause_sbt(): Take the cold path (ie. use DELAY()) if KDB is active This fixes a panic in the i915 driver when one uses debug.kdb.enter=1 under vt(4). PR: 193269 Reported by: emaste@ Submitted by: avg@ r271682: vt(4): Fix a LOR which occurs during a call to vt_upgrade() Reported by: kib@ Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D785 Reviewed by: ray@ Approved by: ray@ r271684: vt(4): Use vt_fb_drawrect() and vt_fb_setpixel() in all vt_fb-derivative Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D789 Reviewed by: nwhitehorn Approved by: nwhitehorn Approved by: re (gjb) diff 271769 Thu Sep 18 14:39:59 MDT 2014 dumbbell vt(4): Merge several bug fixes and improvements SVN revisions in this MFC: 269779 270705 270706 271180 271250 271253 271682 271684 Detailed commit list: r269779: fbd: Fix a bug where vt_fb_attach() success would be considered a failure vt_fb_attach() currently always returns 0, but it could return a code defined in errno.h. However, it doesn't return a CN_* code. So checking its return value against CN_DEAD (which is 0) is incorrect, and in this case, a success becomes a failure. The consequence was unimportant, because the caller (drm_fb_helper.c) would only log an error message in this case. The console would still work. Approved by: nwhitehorn r270705: vt(4): Add cngrab() and cnungrab() callbacks They are used when a panic occurs or when entering a DDB session for instance. cngrab() forces a vt-switch to the console window, no matter if the original window is another terminal or an X session. However, cnungrab() doesn't vt-switch back to the original window currently. r270706: drm: Don't "taskqueue" vt-switch if under DDB/panic situation If DDB is active, we can't use a taskqueue thread to switch away from the X window, because this thread can't run. Reviewed by: ray@ Approved by: ray@ r271180: vt_vga: vd_setpixel_t and vd_drawrect_t are noop in text mode r271250: vt(4): Change the terminal and buffer sizes, even without a font This fixes a bug where scroll lock would not work for tty #0 when using vt_vga's textmode. The reason was that this window is created with a static 256x100 buffer, larger than the real size of 80x25. Now, in vt_change_font() and vt_compute_drawable_area(), we still perform operations even of the window has no font loaded (this is the case in textmode here vw->vw_font == NULL). One of these operation resizes the buffer accordingly. In vt_compute_drawable_area(), we take the terminal size as is (ie. 80x25) for the drawable area. The font argument to vt_set_border() is removed (it was never used) and the code now uses the computed drawable area instead of re-doing its own calculation. Reported by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de> Tested by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de> r271253: pause_sbt(): Take the cold path (ie. use DELAY()) if KDB is active This fixes a panic in the i915 driver when one uses debug.kdb.enter=1 under vt(4). PR: 193269 Reported by: emaste@ Submitted by: avg@ r271682: vt(4): Fix a LOR which occurs during a call to vt_upgrade() Reported by: kib@ Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D785 Reviewed by: ray@ Approved by: ray@ r271684: vt(4): Use vt_fb_drawrect() and vt_fb_setpixel() in all vt_fb-derivative Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D789 Reviewed by: nwhitehorn Approved by: nwhitehorn Approved by: re (gjb) diff 271769 Thu Sep 18 14:39:59 MDT 2014 dumbbell vt(4): Merge several bug fixes and improvements SVN revisions in this MFC: 269779 270705 270706 271180 271250 271253 271682 271684 Detailed commit list: r269779: fbd: Fix a bug where vt_fb_attach() success would be considered a failure vt_fb_attach() currently always returns 0, but it could return a code defined in errno.h. However, it doesn't return a CN_* code. So checking its return value against CN_DEAD (which is 0) is incorrect, and in this case, a success becomes a failure. The consequence was unimportant, because the caller (drm_fb_helper.c) would only log an error message in this case. The console would still work. Approved by: nwhitehorn r270705: vt(4): Add cngrab() and cnungrab() callbacks They are used when a panic occurs or when entering a DDB session for instance. cngrab() forces a vt-switch to the console window, no matter if the original window is another terminal or an X session. However, cnungrab() doesn't vt-switch back to the original window currently. r270706: drm: Don't "taskqueue" vt-switch if under DDB/panic situation If DDB is active, we can't use a taskqueue thread to switch away from the X window, because this thread can't run. Reviewed by: ray@ Approved by: ray@ r271180: vt_vga: vd_setpixel_t and vd_drawrect_t are noop in text mode r271250: vt(4): Change the terminal and buffer sizes, even without a font This fixes a bug where scroll lock would not work for tty #0 when using vt_vga's textmode. The reason was that this window is created with a static 256x100 buffer, larger than the real size of 80x25. Now, in vt_change_font() and vt_compute_drawable_area(), we still perform operations even of the window has no font loaded (this is the case in textmode here vw->vw_font == NULL). One of these operation resizes the buffer accordingly. In vt_compute_drawable_area(), we take the terminal size as is (ie. 80x25) for the drawable area. The font argument to vt_set_border() is removed (it was never used) and the code now uses the computed drawable area instead of re-doing its own calculation. Reported by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de> Tested by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de> r271253: pause_sbt(): Take the cold path (ie. use DELAY()) if KDB is active This fixes a panic in the i915 driver when one uses debug.kdb.enter=1 under vt(4). PR: 193269 Reported by: emaste@ Submitted by: avg@ r271682: vt(4): Fix a LOR which occurs during a call to vt_upgrade() Reported by: kib@ Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D785 Reviewed by: ray@ Approved by: ray@ r271684: vt(4): Use vt_fb_drawrect() and vt_fb_setpixel() in all vt_fb-derivative Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D789 Reviewed by: nwhitehorn Approved by: nwhitehorn Approved by: re (gjb) diff 271769 Thu Sep 18 14:39:59 MDT 2014 dumbbell vt(4): Merge several bug fixes and improvements SVN revisions in this MFC: 269779 270705 270706 271180 271250 271253 271682 271684 Detailed commit list: r269779: fbd: Fix a bug where vt_fb_attach() success would be considered a failure vt_fb_attach() currently always returns 0, but it could return a code defined in errno.h. However, it doesn't return a CN_* code. So checking its return value against CN_DEAD (which is 0) is incorrect, and in this case, a success becomes a failure. The consequence was unimportant, because the caller (drm_fb_helper.c) would only log an error message in this case. The console would still work. Approved by: nwhitehorn r270705: vt(4): Add cngrab() and cnungrab() callbacks They are used when a panic occurs or when entering a DDB session for instance. cngrab() forces a vt-switch to the console window, no matter if the original window is another terminal or an X session. However, cnungrab() doesn't vt-switch back to the original window currently. r270706: drm: Don't "taskqueue" vt-switch if under DDB/panic situation If DDB is active, we can't use a taskqueue thread to switch away from the X window, because this thread can't run. Reviewed by: ray@ Approved by: ray@ r271180: vt_vga: vd_setpixel_t and vd_drawrect_t are noop in text mode r271250: vt(4): Change the terminal and buffer sizes, even without a font This fixes a bug where scroll lock would not work for tty #0 when using vt_vga's textmode. The reason was that this window is created with a static 256x100 buffer, larger than the real size of 80x25. Now, in vt_change_font() and vt_compute_drawable_area(), we still perform operations even of the window has no font loaded (this is the case in textmode here vw->vw_font == NULL). One of these operation resizes the buffer accordingly. In vt_compute_drawable_area(), we take the terminal size as is (ie. 80x25) for the drawable area. The font argument to vt_set_border() is removed (it was never used) and the code now uses the computed drawable area instead of re-doing its own calculation. Reported by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de> Tested by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de> r271253: pause_sbt(): Take the cold path (ie. use DELAY()) if KDB is active This fixes a panic in the i915 driver when one uses debug.kdb.enter=1 under vt(4). PR: 193269 Reported by: emaste@ Submitted by: avg@ r271682: vt(4): Fix a LOR which occurs during a call to vt_upgrade() Reported by: kib@ Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D785 Reviewed by: ray@ Approved by: ray@ r271684: vt(4): Use vt_fb_drawrect() and vt_fb_setpixel() in all vt_fb-derivative Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D789 Reviewed by: nwhitehorn Approved by: nwhitehorn Approved by: re (gjb) diff 271128 Thu Sep 04 20:29:09 MDT 2014 emaste MFC vt(4) improvements / sync with HEAD These are largely dumbbell@'s changes. Most significantly they address the extreme performance degradation with VGA hardware. SVN revisions in this MFC: 269471 270290 270293 270322 270324 270329 270331 270336 270338 270340 270341 270342 270343 270388 270390 270404 270411 270412 270413 270431 270446 270448 270485 270587 270589 270613 270618 270620 270667 270702 270707 270708 270720 270721 270785 270786 Detailed commit list: r270290: Test if the cursor is shown only once Later, we just see if the "struct mouse_cursor" pointer is set. This avoids the need to mess with all the conditions several times; this has been error prone. While here, rename the variable "m" to a more meaningful "cursor", like it's done elsewhere in the code. r270293: Rename the "mouse_cursor" structure to "vt_mouse_cursor" At the same time, "w" and "h" members are now called "width" and "height". The goal is to have a more "public" structure, because it will soon be passed as argument to a new callback, replacing vd_bitbltchr_t. r269471 (ray): Fix vt_vga driver to draw not-8-bit-aligned fonts correctly. Still one bug here: mouse left some gaps on track when moving left. r270322: Add new vd_bitblt_text_t callback, and implement it for vt_vga Compared to the deprecated vd_bitbltchr_t callback, vd_bitblt_text_t receives: o the whole text buffer o the dirty area o the mouse cursor (map, position, colors) This allows the backend to perform optimization on how to draw things. The goal is to remove vd_bitbltchr_t and vd_putchar_t, once all driver are converted (only vt_vga is included in this commit). In vt_vga, this allows to draw the text and the cursor in one pass, without ever reading from video memory (because it has all the context). The main benefit is the speed improvement: no more slideshow during boot! Other bugs fixed in vt_vga are: o left-most characters are drawn properly (the left-most pixels were missing with bold characters and some wide letters such as 'm') o no more black square around the cursor o no cursor flickering when the text is scrolling There are still many problems to fix: the known issues are marked with "FIXME" inside the code. r270411: vt_fb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t for vt_fb and derivatives r270412: creator_fb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t r270413: ofwfb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t r270324: vt_vga: Clip the draw area to never draw offscreen This fixes a bug when two windows use different fonts, but a longer- term solution is required. The dirty area should be stored as pixels, not character cells, because such coordinates don't have the same meaning in all windows, when using different fonts. r270329: Mark new mouse position as dirty only when it's actually displayed r270331: Store cursor bitmap & colors in struct vt_device This removes the need to specify them to each call to vd_bitblt_text_t and, therefore, simplifies the API. r270336: Give the window to vd_bitblt_text_t callback ... instead of both the buffer and the font. Again, this simplifies the API. r270338: The offset to center the text area is per-window now The previous global offset, based on the last loaded font, had no meaning for other windows. This caused a shifted text area, often partly out-of-screen. r270341: vt_vga: Remove a "FIXME" comment; the issue was solved in r270338 r270340: Don't run vt_set_border() and vt_flush() concurrently In the case of vt_vga, the two concurrent calls were writing to the same VGA registers, causing incorrect refresh of the screen. r270342: Use the actual size of the mouse when marking its position as dirty This fixes a bug where part of the cursor was not erased. r270343: Remove "FIXME" about multiple locking of vt_buf in vt_flush() After some testing, it appears that acquiring the lock once and keeping it longer is slower than taking it multiple times. While here, fix a typo in another comment. r270388: vt_vga: Give only the character part of term_char_t to vga_get_cp437() This fixes a bug where vga_get_cp437() was called with an invalid argument. The screen was then filled with '?' instead of the actual character. r270390: Fix a crash in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when in textmode In textmode, no font is loaded, thus the page fault in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when it wants the font width/height. For now, create a fake area for the textmode. This needs to be modified if vt_vga gains mouse support in textmode. While here, fix a build failure when SC_NO_CUTPASTE is defined: vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() must not be included in this case. r270404: Fix cursor handling in vt_flush() There were situations where the cursor was not erased/redrawn or its position was marked as dirty even though it's not displayed. The code is now more straightforward. At the same, add a function to determine if the cursor covers a given area. This is used by backends to know if they need to draw the cursor. This new function should be paired with a new state in struct vt_device, called vd_mshown, which indicates if the cursor should be displayed. This again simplifies vd_bitblt_text_t callback's API. r270431: vt(4): Add vd_bitblt_bmp_t callback The code was already there in all backends, we just expose it. This is used to display the splash screen. r270446: Remove vd_bitbltchr_t It's replaced by vd_bitblt_text_t, which gives more context to the backend and allows it to perform more efficiently when redrawing a given area. r270448: Fix order of arguments (x <-> y) when showing the splash screen r270485: vt_vga: Fix the display of the splash screen r270587: Take font offset into account in vt_is_cursor_in_area() This fixes a "General protection fault" in vt_vga, where vt_is_cursor_in_area() erroneously reported that the cursor was over the text. This led to negative integers stored in "unsigned int" and chaos. r270589: The cursor coordinates are relative to the drawn area ... not the whole screen. Don't use font offsets in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty(). This fixes a bug where the mouse position wasn't marked as dirty when approaching the borders of the drawn area. r270613: Store a rectangle for the drawable area, not just the top-left corner This allows backends to verify they do not draw outside of this area. This fixes a bug in vt_vga where the text was happily drawn over the right and bottom margins, when using the Gallant font. r270618: Intialize drawable area rectangle each time a font is loaded This also fixes a problem where early in boot, the area was zero, leading to nothing displayed for a few seconds. r270620: vt_vga: Use Write Mode 0 to draw group of 8 pixels using 3 or more colors This replaces the method based on Write Mode 3, which required reads from the video memory to load the latches. r270667: When creating a window buffer, fill it entirely ... not just the visible part. This fixes a bug where, when switching from eg. vt_vga to vt_fb (ie. the resolution goes up), the originally hidden, uninitialized area of the buffer is displayed on the screen. This leads to a missing text cursor when it's over an unitialized area. This was also visible when selecting text: the uninitialized area was not highlighted. Internally, this area was zeroed: characters were all 0x00000000, meaning the foreground and background color was black. Now, everything is filled with a space with a gray foreground color, like the visible area. While here, remove the check for the mute flag and always use TERMINAL_NORM_ATTR as the character attribute (ie. gray foreground, black background). r270702: Implement basic support for KDSETMODE ioctl With the current implementation, this allows an X11 server to tell the console it switches a particular window in "graphics mode". This information is used by the mouse handling code to ignore sysmouse events in the window taken by the X server: only him should receive those events. r270707: Pause the vt_flush() timer when the screen is up-to-date The timer is restarted whenever a window buffer is marked as dirty or the mouse cursor moves. There's still room for improvement. For instance, we should not mark a window buffer as dirty when this window isn't displayed. r270708: vt(4): Recompute the drawable area when the resolution changes This was only done when the font changed. r270720: vt(4): Fix mouse cursor handling in vt_fb/creator_vt/ofwfb There were two issues: 1. The area given to vt_is_cursor_in_area() was adding the drawable area offset, something already handled by this function. 2. The cursor was shifted on the screen by the offset of this area and thus was misplaced or not erased. Furthermore, when reaching the bottom or right borders, the cursor was either totally removed or not erased correctly. r270721: vt(4): If the terminal shrinks, make sure the mouse is inside the new area r270785: vt(4): Change vb_history_size from "int" to "unsigned int" CID: 1230002, 1230003 r270786: Indicate that KDSETRAD case falls through the next case CID: 1229953 Relnotes: Yes diff 271128 Thu Sep 04 20:29:09 MDT 2014 emaste MFC vt(4) improvements / sync with HEAD These are largely dumbbell@'s changes. Most significantly they address the extreme performance degradation with VGA hardware. SVN revisions in this MFC: 269471 270290 270293 270322 270324 270329 270331 270336 270338 270340 270341 270342 270343 270388 270390 270404 270411 270412 270413 270431 270446 270448 270485 270587 270589 270613 270618 270620 270667 270702 270707 270708 270720 270721 270785 270786 Detailed commit list: r270290: Test if the cursor is shown only once Later, we just see if the "struct mouse_cursor" pointer is set. This avoids the need to mess with all the conditions several times; this has been error prone. While here, rename the variable "m" to a more meaningful "cursor", like it's done elsewhere in the code. r270293: Rename the "mouse_cursor" structure to "vt_mouse_cursor" At the same time, "w" and "h" members are now called "width" and "height". The goal is to have a more "public" structure, because it will soon be passed as argument to a new callback, replacing vd_bitbltchr_t. r269471 (ray): Fix vt_vga driver to draw not-8-bit-aligned fonts correctly. Still one bug here: mouse left some gaps on track when moving left. r270322: Add new vd_bitblt_text_t callback, and implement it for vt_vga Compared to the deprecated vd_bitbltchr_t callback, vd_bitblt_text_t receives: o the whole text buffer o the dirty area o the mouse cursor (map, position, colors) This allows the backend to perform optimization on how to draw things. The goal is to remove vd_bitbltchr_t and vd_putchar_t, once all driver are converted (only vt_vga is included in this commit). In vt_vga, this allows to draw the text and the cursor in one pass, without ever reading from video memory (because it has all the context). The main benefit is the speed improvement: no more slideshow during boot! Other bugs fixed in vt_vga are: o left-most characters are drawn properly (the left-most pixels were missing with bold characters and some wide letters such as 'm') o no more black square around the cursor o no cursor flickering when the text is scrolling There are still many problems to fix: the known issues are marked with "FIXME" inside the code. r270411: vt_fb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t for vt_fb and derivatives r270412: creator_fb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t r270413: ofwfb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t r270324: vt_vga: Clip the draw area to never draw offscreen This fixes a bug when two windows use different fonts, but a longer- term solution is required. The dirty area should be stored as pixels, not character cells, because such coordinates don't have the same meaning in all windows, when using different fonts. r270329: Mark new mouse position as dirty only when it's actually displayed r270331: Store cursor bitmap & colors in struct vt_device This removes the need to specify them to each call to vd_bitblt_text_t and, therefore, simplifies the API. r270336: Give the window to vd_bitblt_text_t callback ... instead of both the buffer and the font. Again, this simplifies the API. r270338: The offset to center the text area is per-window now The previous global offset, based on the last loaded font, had no meaning for other windows. This caused a shifted text area, often partly out-of-screen. r270341: vt_vga: Remove a "FIXME" comment; the issue was solved in r270338 r270340: Don't run vt_set_border() and vt_flush() concurrently In the case of vt_vga, the two concurrent calls were writing to the same VGA registers, causing incorrect refresh of the screen. r270342: Use the actual size of the mouse when marking its position as dirty This fixes a bug where part of the cursor was not erased. r270343: Remove "FIXME" about multiple locking of vt_buf in vt_flush() After some testing, it appears that acquiring the lock once and keeping it longer is slower than taking it multiple times. While here, fix a typo in another comment. r270388: vt_vga: Give only the character part of term_char_t to vga_get_cp437() This fixes a bug where vga_get_cp437() was called with an invalid argument. The screen was then filled with '?' instead of the actual character. r270390: Fix a crash in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when in textmode In textmode, no font is loaded, thus the page fault in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when it wants the font width/height. For now, create a fake area for the textmode. This needs to be modified if vt_vga gains mouse support in textmode. While here, fix a build failure when SC_NO_CUTPASTE is defined: vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() must not be included in this case. r270404: Fix cursor handling in vt_flush() There were situations where the cursor was not erased/redrawn or its position was marked as dirty even though it's not displayed. The code is now more straightforward. At the same, add a function to determine if the cursor covers a given area. This is used by backends to know if they need to draw the cursor. This new function should be paired with a new state in struct vt_device, called vd_mshown, which indicates if the cursor should be displayed. This again simplifies vd_bitblt_text_t callback's API. r270431: vt(4): Add vd_bitblt_bmp_t callback The code was already there in all backends, we just expose it. This is used to display the splash screen. r270446: Remove vd_bitbltchr_t It's replaced by vd_bitblt_text_t, which gives more context to the backend and allows it to perform more efficiently when redrawing a given area. r270448: Fix order of arguments (x <-> y) when showing the splash screen r270485: vt_vga: Fix the display of the splash screen r270587: Take font offset into account in vt_is_cursor_in_area() This fixes a "General protection fault" in vt_vga, where vt_is_cursor_in_area() erroneously reported that the cursor was over the text. This led to negative integers stored in "unsigned int" and chaos. r270589: The cursor coordinates are relative to the drawn area ... not the whole screen. Don't use font offsets in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty(). This fixes a bug where the mouse position wasn't marked as dirty when approaching the borders of the drawn area. r270613: Store a rectangle for the drawable area, not just the top-left corner This allows backends to verify they do not draw outside of this area. This fixes a bug in vt_vga where the text was happily drawn over the right and bottom margins, when using the Gallant font. r270618: Intialize drawable area rectangle each time a font is loaded This also fixes a problem where early in boot, the area was zero, leading to nothing displayed for a few seconds. r270620: vt_vga: Use Write Mode 0 to draw group of 8 pixels using 3 or more colors This replaces the method based on Write Mode 3, which required reads from the video memory to load the latches. r270667: When creating a window buffer, fill it entirely ... not just the visible part. This fixes a bug where, when switching from eg. vt_vga to vt_fb (ie. the resolution goes up), the originally hidden, uninitialized area of the buffer is displayed on the screen. This leads to a missing text cursor when it's over an unitialized area. This was also visible when selecting text: the uninitialized area was not highlighted. Internally, this area was zeroed: characters were all 0x00000000, meaning the foreground and background color was black. Now, everything is filled with a space with a gray foreground color, like the visible area. While here, remove the check for the mute flag and always use TERMINAL_NORM_ATTR as the character attribute (ie. gray foreground, black background). r270702: Implement basic support for KDSETMODE ioctl With the current implementation, this allows an X11 server to tell the console it switches a particular window in "graphics mode". This information is used by the mouse handling code to ignore sysmouse events in the window taken by the X server: only him should receive those events. r270707: Pause the vt_flush() timer when the screen is up-to-date The timer is restarted whenever a window buffer is marked as dirty or the mouse cursor moves. There's still room for improvement. For instance, we should not mark a window buffer as dirty when this window isn't displayed. r270708: vt(4): Recompute the drawable area when the resolution changes This was only done when the font changed. r270720: vt(4): Fix mouse cursor handling in vt_fb/creator_vt/ofwfb There were two issues: 1. The area given to vt_is_cursor_in_area() was adding the drawable area offset, something already handled by this function. 2. The cursor was shifted on the screen by the offset of this area and thus was misplaced or not erased. Furthermore, when reaching the bottom or right borders, the cursor was either totally removed or not erased correctly. r270721: vt(4): If the terminal shrinks, make sure the mouse is inside the new area r270785: vt(4): Change vb_history_size from "int" to "unsigned int" CID: 1230002, 1230003 r270786: Indicate that KDSETRAD case falls through the next case CID: 1229953 Relnotes: Yes diff 271128 Thu Sep 04 20:29:09 MDT 2014 emaste MFC vt(4) improvements / sync with HEAD These are largely dumbbell@'s changes. Most significantly they address the extreme performance degradation with VGA hardware. SVN revisions in this MFC: 269471 270290 270293 270322 270324 270329 270331 270336 270338 270340 270341 270342 270343 270388 270390 270404 270411 270412 270413 270431 270446 270448 270485 270587 270589 270613 270618 270620 270667 270702 270707 270708 270720 270721 270785 270786 Detailed commit list: r270290: Test if the cursor is shown only once Later, we just see if the "struct mouse_cursor" pointer is set. This avoids the need to mess with all the conditions several times; this has been error prone. While here, rename the variable "m" to a more meaningful "cursor", like it's done elsewhere in the code. r270293: Rename the "mouse_cursor" structure to "vt_mouse_cursor" At the same time, "w" and "h" members are now called "width" and "height". The goal is to have a more "public" structure, because it will soon be passed as argument to a new callback, replacing vd_bitbltchr_t. r269471 (ray): Fix vt_vga driver to draw not-8-bit-aligned fonts correctly. Still one bug here: mouse left some gaps on track when moving left. r270322: Add new vd_bitblt_text_t callback, and implement it for vt_vga Compared to the deprecated vd_bitbltchr_t callback, vd_bitblt_text_t receives: o the whole text buffer o the dirty area o the mouse cursor (map, position, colors) This allows the backend to perform optimization on how to draw things. The goal is to remove vd_bitbltchr_t and vd_putchar_t, once all driver are converted (only vt_vga is included in this commit). In vt_vga, this allows to draw the text and the cursor in one pass, without ever reading from video memory (because it has all the context). The main benefit is the speed improvement: no more slideshow during boot! Other bugs fixed in vt_vga are: o left-most characters are drawn properly (the left-most pixels were missing with bold characters and some wide letters such as 'm') o no more black square around the cursor o no cursor flickering when the text is scrolling There are still many problems to fix: the known issues are marked with "FIXME" inside the code. r270411: vt_fb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t for vt_fb and derivatives r270412: creator_fb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t r270413: ofwfb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t r270324: vt_vga: Clip the draw area to never draw offscreen This fixes a bug when two windows use different fonts, but a longer- term solution is required. The dirty area should be stored as pixels, not character cells, because such coordinates don't have the same meaning in all windows, when using different fonts. r270329: Mark new mouse position as dirty only when it's actually displayed r270331: Store cursor bitmap & colors in struct vt_device This removes the need to specify them to each call to vd_bitblt_text_t and, therefore, simplifies the API. r270336: Give the window to vd_bitblt_text_t callback ... instead of both the buffer and the font. Again, this simplifies the API. r270338: The offset to center the text area is per-window now The previous global offset, based on the last loaded font, had no meaning for other windows. This caused a shifted text area, often partly out-of-screen. r270341: vt_vga: Remove a "FIXME" comment; the issue was solved in r270338 r270340: Don't run vt_set_border() and vt_flush() concurrently In the case of vt_vga, the two concurrent calls were writing to the same VGA registers, causing incorrect refresh of the screen. r270342: Use the actual size of the mouse when marking its position as dirty This fixes a bug where part of the cursor was not erased. r270343: Remove "FIXME" about multiple locking of vt_buf in vt_flush() After some testing, it appears that acquiring the lock once and keeping it longer is slower than taking it multiple times. While here, fix a typo in another comment. r270388: vt_vga: Give only the character part of term_char_t to vga_get_cp437() This fixes a bug where vga_get_cp437() was called with an invalid argument. The screen was then filled with '?' instead of the actual character. r270390: Fix a crash in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when in textmode In textmode, no font is loaded, thus the page fault in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when it wants the font width/height. For now, create a fake area for the textmode. This needs to be modified if vt_vga gains mouse support in textmode. While here, fix a build failure when SC_NO_CUTPASTE is defined: vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() must not be included in this case. r270404: Fix cursor handling in vt_flush() There were situations where the cursor was not erased/redrawn or its position was marked as dirty even though it's not displayed. The code is now more straightforward. At the same, add a function to determine if the cursor covers a given area. This is used by backends to know if they need to draw the cursor. This new function should be paired with a new state in struct vt_device, called vd_mshown, which indicates if the cursor should be displayed. This again simplifies vd_bitblt_text_t callback's API. r270431: vt(4): Add vd_bitblt_bmp_t callback The code was already there in all backends, we just expose it. This is used to display the splash screen. r270446: Remove vd_bitbltchr_t It's replaced by vd_bitblt_text_t, which gives more context to the backend and allows it to perform more efficiently when redrawing a given area. r270448: Fix order of arguments (x <-> y) when showing the splash screen r270485: vt_vga: Fix the display of the splash screen r270587: Take font offset into account in vt_is_cursor_in_area() This fixes a "General protection fault" in vt_vga, where vt_is_cursor_in_area() erroneously reported that the cursor was over the text. This led to negative integers stored in "unsigned int" and chaos. r270589: The cursor coordinates are relative to the drawn area ... not the whole screen. Don't use font offsets in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty(). This fixes a bug where the mouse position wasn't marked as dirty when approaching the borders of the drawn area. r270613: Store a rectangle for the drawable area, not just the top-left corner This allows backends to verify they do not draw outside of this area. This fixes a bug in vt_vga where the text was happily drawn over the right and bottom margins, when using the Gallant font. r270618: Intialize drawable area rectangle each time a font is loaded This also fixes a problem where early in boot, the area was zero, leading to nothing displayed for a few seconds. r270620: vt_vga: Use Write Mode 0 to draw group of 8 pixels using 3 or more colors This replaces the method based on Write Mode 3, which required reads from the video memory to load the latches. r270667: When creating a window buffer, fill it entirely ... not just the visible part. This fixes a bug where, when switching from eg. vt_vga to vt_fb (ie. the resolution goes up), the originally hidden, uninitialized area of the buffer is displayed on the screen. This leads to a missing text cursor when it's over an unitialized area. This was also visible when selecting text: the uninitialized area was not highlighted. Internally, this area was zeroed: characters were all 0x00000000, meaning the foreground and background color was black. Now, everything is filled with a space with a gray foreground color, like the visible area. While here, remove the check for the mute flag and always use TERMINAL_NORM_ATTR as the character attribute (ie. gray foreground, black background). r270702: Implement basic support for KDSETMODE ioctl With the current implementation, this allows an X11 server to tell the console it switches a particular window in "graphics mode". This information is used by the mouse handling code to ignore sysmouse events in the window taken by the X server: only him should receive those events. r270707: Pause the vt_flush() timer when the screen is up-to-date The timer is restarted whenever a window buffer is marked as dirty or the mouse cursor moves. There's still room for improvement. For instance, we should not mark a window buffer as dirty when this window isn't displayed. r270708: vt(4): Recompute the drawable area when the resolution changes This was only done when the font changed. r270720: vt(4): Fix mouse cursor handling in vt_fb/creator_vt/ofwfb There were two issues: 1. The area given to vt_is_cursor_in_area() was adding the drawable area offset, something already handled by this function. 2. The cursor was shifted on the screen by the offset of this area and thus was misplaced or not erased. Furthermore, when reaching the bottom or right borders, the cursor was either totally removed or not erased correctly. r270721: vt(4): If the terminal shrinks, make sure the mouse is inside the new area r270785: vt(4): Change vb_history_size from "int" to "unsigned int" CID: 1230002, 1230003 r270786: Indicate that KDSETRAD case falls through the next case CID: 1229953 Relnotes: Yes diff 271128 Thu Sep 04 20:29:09 MDT 2014 emaste MFC vt(4) improvements / sync with HEAD These are largely dumbbell@'s changes. Most significantly they address the extreme performance degradation with VGA hardware. SVN revisions in this MFC: 269471 270290 270293 270322 270324 270329 270331 270336 270338 270340 270341 270342 270343 270388 270390 270404 270411 270412 270413 270431 270446 270448 270485 270587 270589 270613 270618 270620 270667 270702 270707 270708 270720 270721 270785 270786 Detailed commit list: r270290: Test if the cursor is shown only once Later, we just see if the "struct mouse_cursor" pointer is set. This avoids the need to mess with all the conditions several times; this has been error prone. While here, rename the variable "m" to a more meaningful "cursor", like it's done elsewhere in the code. r270293: Rename the "mouse_cursor" structure to "vt_mouse_cursor" At the same time, "w" and "h" members are now called "width" and "height". The goal is to have a more "public" structure, because it will soon be passed as argument to a new callback, replacing vd_bitbltchr_t. r269471 (ray): Fix vt_vga driver to draw not-8-bit-aligned fonts correctly. Still one bug here: mouse left some gaps on track when moving left. r270322: Add new vd_bitblt_text_t callback, and implement it for vt_vga Compared to the deprecated vd_bitbltchr_t callback, vd_bitblt_text_t receives: o the whole text buffer o the dirty area o the mouse cursor (map, position, colors) This allows the backend to perform optimization on how to draw things. The goal is to remove vd_bitbltchr_t and vd_putchar_t, once all driver are converted (only vt_vga is included in this commit). In vt_vga, this allows to draw the text and the cursor in one pass, without ever reading from video memory (because it has all the context). The main benefit is the speed improvement: no more slideshow during boot! Other bugs fixed in vt_vga are: o left-most characters are drawn properly (the left-most pixels were missing with bold characters and some wide letters such as 'm') o no more black square around the cursor o no cursor flickering when the text is scrolling There are still many problems to fix: the known issues are marked with "FIXME" inside the code. r270411: vt_fb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t for vt_fb and derivatives r270412: creator_fb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t r270413: ofwfb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t r270324: vt_vga: Clip the draw area to never draw offscreen This fixes a bug when two windows use different fonts, but a longer- term solution is required. The dirty area should be stored as pixels, not character cells, because such coordinates don't have the same meaning in all windows, when using different fonts. r270329: Mark new mouse position as dirty only when it's actually displayed r270331: Store cursor bitmap & colors in struct vt_device This removes the need to specify them to each call to vd_bitblt_text_t and, therefore, simplifies the API. r270336: Give the window to vd_bitblt_text_t callback ... instead of both the buffer and the font. Again, this simplifies the API. r270338: The offset to center the text area is per-window now The previous global offset, based on the last loaded font, had no meaning for other windows. This caused a shifted text area, often partly out-of-screen. r270341: vt_vga: Remove a "FIXME" comment; the issue was solved in r270338 r270340: Don't run vt_set_border() and vt_flush() concurrently In the case of vt_vga, the two concurrent calls were writing to the same VGA registers, causing incorrect refresh of the screen. r270342: Use the actual size of the mouse when marking its position as dirty This fixes a bug where part of the cursor was not erased. r270343: Remove "FIXME" about multiple locking of vt_buf in vt_flush() After some testing, it appears that acquiring the lock once and keeping it longer is slower than taking it multiple times. While here, fix a typo in another comment. r270388: vt_vga: Give only the character part of term_char_t to vga_get_cp437() This fixes a bug where vga_get_cp437() was called with an invalid argument. The screen was then filled with '?' instead of the actual character. r270390: Fix a crash in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when in textmode In textmode, no font is loaded, thus the page fault in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when it wants the font width/height. For now, create a fake area for the textmode. This needs to be modified if vt_vga gains mouse support in textmode. While here, fix a build failure when SC_NO_CUTPASTE is defined: vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() must not be included in this case. r270404: Fix cursor handling in vt_flush() There were situations where the cursor was not erased/redrawn or its position was marked as dirty even though it's not displayed. The code is now more straightforward. At the same, add a function to determine if the cursor covers a given area. This is used by backends to know if they need to draw the cursor. This new function should be paired with a new state in struct vt_device, called vd_mshown, which indicates if the cursor should be displayed. This again simplifies vd_bitblt_text_t callback's API. r270431: vt(4): Add vd_bitblt_bmp_t callback The code was already there in all backends, we just expose it. This is used to display the splash screen. r270446: Remove vd_bitbltchr_t It's replaced by vd_bitblt_text_t, which gives more context to the backend and allows it to perform more efficiently when redrawing a given area. r270448: Fix order of arguments (x <-> y) when showing the splash screen r270485: vt_vga: Fix the display of the splash screen r270587: Take font offset into account in vt_is_cursor_in_area() This fixes a "General protection fault" in vt_vga, where vt_is_cursor_in_area() erroneously reported that the cursor was over the text. This led to negative integers stored in "unsigned int" and chaos. r270589: The cursor coordinates are relative to the drawn area ... not the whole screen. Don't use font offsets in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty(). This fixes a bug where the mouse position wasn't marked as dirty when approaching the borders of the drawn area. r270613: Store a rectangle for the drawable area, not just the top-left corner This allows backends to verify they do not draw outside of this area. This fixes a bug in vt_vga where the text was happily drawn over the right and bottom margins, when using the Gallant font. r270618: Intialize drawable area rectangle each time a font is loaded This also fixes a problem where early in boot, the area was zero, leading to nothing displayed for a few seconds. r270620: vt_vga: Use Write Mode 0 to draw group of 8 pixels using 3 or more colors This replaces the method based on Write Mode 3, which required reads from the video memory to load the latches. r270667: When creating a window buffer, fill it entirely ... not just the visible part. This fixes a bug where, when switching from eg. vt_vga to vt_fb (ie. the resolution goes up), the originally hidden, uninitialized area of the buffer is displayed on the screen. This leads to a missing text cursor when it's over an unitialized area. This was also visible when selecting text: the uninitialized area was not highlighted. Internally, this area was zeroed: characters were all 0x00000000, meaning the foreground and background color was black. Now, everything is filled with a space with a gray foreground color, like the visible area. While here, remove the check for the mute flag and always use TERMINAL_NORM_ATTR as the character attribute (ie. gray foreground, black background). r270702: Implement basic support for KDSETMODE ioctl With the current implementation, this allows an X11 server to tell the console it switches a particular window in "graphics mode". This information is used by the mouse handling code to ignore sysmouse events in the window taken by the X server: only him should receive those events. r270707: Pause the vt_flush() timer when the screen is up-to-date The timer is restarted whenever a window buffer is marked as dirty or the mouse cursor moves. There's still room for improvement. For instance, we should not mark a window buffer as dirty when this window isn't displayed. r270708: vt(4): Recompute the drawable area when the resolution changes This was only done when the font changed. r270720: vt(4): Fix mouse cursor handling in vt_fb/creator_vt/ofwfb There were two issues: 1. The area given to vt_is_cursor_in_area() was adding the drawable area offset, something already handled by this function. 2. The cursor was shifted on the screen by the offset of this area and thus was misplaced or not erased. Furthermore, when reaching the bottom or right borders, the cursor was either totally removed or not erased correctly. r270721: vt(4): If the terminal shrinks, make sure the mouse is inside the new area r270785: vt(4): Change vb_history_size from "int" to "unsigned int" CID: 1230002, 1230003 r270786: Indicate that KDSETRAD case falls through the next case CID: 1229953 Relnotes: Yes diff 271128 Thu Sep 04 20:29:09 MDT 2014 emaste MFC vt(4) improvements / sync with HEAD These are largely dumbbell@'s changes. Most significantly they address the extreme performance degradation with VGA hardware. SVN revisions in this MFC: 269471 270290 270293 270322 270324 270329 270331 270336 270338 270340 270341 270342 270343 270388 270390 270404 270411 270412 270413 270431 270446 270448 270485 270587 270589 270613 270618 270620 270667 270702 270707 270708 270720 270721 270785 270786 Detailed commit list: r270290: Test if the cursor is shown only once Later, we just see if the "struct mouse_cursor" pointer is set. This avoids the need to mess with all the conditions several times; this has been error prone. While here, rename the variable "m" to a more meaningful "cursor", like it's done elsewhere in the code. r270293: Rename the "mouse_cursor" structure to "vt_mouse_cursor" At the same time, "w" and "h" members are now called "width" and "height". The goal is to have a more "public" structure, because it will soon be passed as argument to a new callback, replacing vd_bitbltchr_t. r269471 (ray): Fix vt_vga driver to draw not-8-bit-aligned fonts correctly. Still one bug here: mouse left some gaps on track when moving left. r270322: Add new vd_bitblt_text_t callback, and implement it for vt_vga Compared to the deprecated vd_bitbltchr_t callback, vd_bitblt_text_t receives: o the whole text buffer o the dirty area o the mouse cursor (map, position, colors) This allows the backend to perform optimization on how to draw things. The goal is to remove vd_bitbltchr_t and vd_putchar_t, once all driver are converted (only vt_vga is included in this commit). In vt_vga, this allows to draw the text and the cursor in one pass, without ever reading from video memory (because it has all the context). The main benefit is the speed improvement: no more slideshow during boot! Other bugs fixed in vt_vga are: o left-most characters are drawn properly (the left-most pixels were missing with bold characters and some wide letters such as 'm') o no more black square around the cursor o no cursor flickering when the text is scrolling There are still many problems to fix: the known issues are marked with "FIXME" inside the code. r270411: vt_fb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t for vt_fb and derivatives r270412: creator_fb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t r270413: ofwfb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t r270324: vt_vga: Clip the draw area to never draw offscreen This fixes a bug when two windows use different fonts, but a longer- term solution is required. The dirty area should be stored as pixels, not character cells, because such coordinates don't have the same meaning in all windows, when using different fonts. r270329: Mark new mouse position as dirty only when it's actually displayed r270331: Store cursor bitmap & colors in struct vt_device This removes the need to specify them to each call to vd_bitblt_text_t and, therefore, simplifies the API. r270336: Give the window to vd_bitblt_text_t callback ... instead of both the buffer and the font. Again, this simplifies the API. r270338: The offset to center the text area is per-window now The previous global offset, based on the last loaded font, had no meaning for other windows. This caused a shifted text area, often partly out-of-screen. r270341: vt_vga: Remove a "FIXME" comment; the issue was solved in r270338 r270340: Don't run vt_set_border() and vt_flush() concurrently In the case of vt_vga, the two concurrent calls were writing to the same VGA registers, causing incorrect refresh of the screen. r270342: Use the actual size of the mouse when marking its position as dirty This fixes a bug where part of the cursor was not erased. r270343: Remove "FIXME" about multiple locking of vt_buf in vt_flush() After some testing, it appears that acquiring the lock once and keeping it longer is slower than taking it multiple times. While here, fix a typo in another comment. r270388: vt_vga: Give only the character part of term_char_t to vga_get_cp437() This fixes a bug where vga_get_cp437() was called with an invalid argument. The screen was then filled with '?' instead of the actual character. r270390: Fix a crash in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when in textmode In textmode, no font is loaded, thus the page fault in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when it wants the font width/height. For now, create a fake area for the textmode. This needs to be modified if vt_vga gains mouse support in textmode. While here, fix a build failure when SC_NO_CUTPASTE is defined: vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() must not be included in this case. r270404: Fix cursor handling in vt_flush() There were situations where the cursor was not erased/redrawn or its position was marked as dirty even though it's not displayed. The code is now more straightforward. At the same, add a function to determine if the cursor covers a given area. This is used by backends to know if they need to draw the cursor. This new function should be paired with a new state in struct vt_device, called vd_mshown, which indicates if the cursor should be displayed. This again simplifies vd_bitblt_text_t callback's API. r270431: vt(4): Add vd_bitblt_bmp_t callback The code was already there in all backends, we just expose it. This is used to display the splash screen. r270446: Remove vd_bitbltchr_t It's replaced by vd_bitblt_text_t, which gives more context to the backend and allows it to perform more efficiently when redrawing a given area. r270448: Fix order of arguments (x <-> y) when showing the splash screen r270485: vt_vga: Fix the display of the splash screen r270587: Take font offset into account in vt_is_cursor_in_area() This fixes a "General protection fault" in vt_vga, where vt_is_cursor_in_area() erroneously reported that the cursor was over the text. This led to negative integers stored in "unsigned int" and chaos. r270589: The cursor coordinates are relative to the drawn area ... not the whole screen. Don't use font offsets in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty(). This fixes a bug where the mouse position wasn't marked as dirty when approaching the borders of the drawn area. r270613: Store a rectangle for the drawable area, not just the top-left corner This allows backends to verify they do not draw outside of this area. This fixes a bug in vt_vga where the text was happily drawn over the right and bottom margins, when using the Gallant font. r270618: Intialize drawable area rectangle each time a font is loaded This also fixes a problem where early in boot, the area was zero, leading to nothing displayed for a few seconds. r270620: vt_vga: Use Write Mode 0 to draw group of 8 pixels using 3 or more colors This replaces the method based on Write Mode 3, which required reads from the video memory to load the latches. r270667: When creating a window buffer, fill it entirely ... not just the visible part. This fixes a bug where, when switching from eg. vt_vga to vt_fb (ie. the resolution goes up), the originally hidden, uninitialized area of the buffer is displayed on the screen. This leads to a missing text cursor when it's over an unitialized area. This was also visible when selecting text: the uninitialized area was not highlighted. Internally, this area was zeroed: characters were all 0x00000000, meaning the foreground and background color was black. Now, everything is filled with a space with a gray foreground color, like the visible area. While here, remove the check for the mute flag and always use TERMINAL_NORM_ATTR as the character attribute (ie. gray foreground, black background). r270702: Implement basic support for KDSETMODE ioctl With the current implementation, this allows an X11 server to tell the console it switches a particular window in "graphics mode". This information is used by the mouse handling code to ignore sysmouse events in the window taken by the X server: only him should receive those events. r270707: Pause the vt_flush() timer when the screen is up-to-date The timer is restarted whenever a window buffer is marked as dirty or the mouse cursor moves. There's still room for improvement. For instance, we should not mark a window buffer as dirty when this window isn't displayed. r270708: vt(4): Recompute the drawable area when the resolution changes This was only done when the font changed. r270720: vt(4): Fix mouse cursor handling in vt_fb/creator_vt/ofwfb There were two issues: 1. The area given to vt_is_cursor_in_area() was adding the drawable area offset, something already handled by this function. 2. The cursor was shifted on the screen by the offset of this area and thus was misplaced or not erased. Furthermore, when reaching the bottom or right borders, the cursor was either totally removed or not erased correctly. r270721: vt(4): If the terminal shrinks, make sure the mouse is inside the new area r270785: vt(4): Change vb_history_size from "int" to "unsigned int" CID: 1230002, 1230003 r270786: Indicate that KDSETRAD case falls through the next case CID: 1229953 Relnotes: Yes diff 271128 Thu Sep 04 20:29:09 MDT 2014 emaste MFC vt(4) improvements / sync with HEAD These are largely dumbbell@'s changes. Most significantly they address the extreme performance degradation with VGA hardware. SVN revisions in this MFC: 269471 270290 270293 270322 270324 270329 270331 270336 270338 270340 270341 270342 270343 270388 270390 270404 270411 270412 270413 270431 270446 270448 270485 270587 270589 270613 270618 270620 270667 270702 270707 270708 270720 270721 270785 270786 Detailed commit list: r270290: Test if the cursor is shown only once Later, we just see if the "struct mouse_cursor" pointer is set. This avoids the need to mess with all the conditions several times; this has been error prone. While here, rename the variable "m" to a more meaningful "cursor", like it's done elsewhere in the code. r270293: Rename the "mouse_cursor" structure to "vt_mouse_cursor" At the same time, "w" and "h" members are now called "width" and "height". The goal is to have a more "public" structure, because it will soon be passed as argument to a new callback, replacing vd_bitbltchr_t. r269471 (ray): Fix vt_vga driver to draw not-8-bit-aligned fonts correctly. Still one bug here: mouse left some gaps on track when moving left. r270322: Add new vd_bitblt_text_t callback, and implement it for vt_vga Compared to the deprecated vd_bitbltchr_t callback, vd_bitblt_text_t receives: o the whole text buffer o the dirty area o the mouse cursor (map, position, colors) This allows the backend to perform optimization on how to draw things. The goal is to remove vd_bitbltchr_t and vd_putchar_t, once all driver are converted (only vt_vga is included in this commit). In vt_vga, this allows to draw the text and the cursor in one pass, without ever reading from video memory (because it has all the context). The main benefit is the speed improvement: no more slideshow during boot! Other bugs fixed in vt_vga are: o left-most characters are drawn properly (the left-most pixels were missing with bold characters and some wide letters such as 'm') o no more black square around the cursor o no cursor flickering when the text is scrolling There are still many problems to fix: the known issues are marked with "FIXME" inside the code. r270411: vt_fb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t for vt_fb and derivatives r270412: creator_fb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t r270413: ofwfb: Implement vd_bitblt_text_t r270324: vt_vga: Clip the draw area to never draw offscreen This fixes a bug when two windows use different fonts, but a longer- term solution is required. The dirty area should be stored as pixels, not character cells, because such coordinates don't have the same meaning in all windows, when using different fonts. r270329: Mark new mouse position as dirty only when it's actually displayed r270331: Store cursor bitmap & colors in struct vt_device This removes the need to specify them to each call to vd_bitblt_text_t and, therefore, simplifies the API. r270336: Give the window to vd_bitblt_text_t callback ... instead of both the buffer and the font. Again, this simplifies the API. r270338: The offset to center the text area is per-window now The previous global offset, based on the last loaded font, had no meaning for other windows. This caused a shifted text area, often partly out-of-screen. r270341: vt_vga: Remove a "FIXME" comment; the issue was solved in r270338 r270340: Don't run vt_set_border() and vt_flush() concurrently In the case of vt_vga, the two concurrent calls were writing to the same VGA registers, causing incorrect refresh of the screen. r270342: Use the actual size of the mouse when marking its position as dirty This fixes a bug where part of the cursor was not erased. r270343: Remove "FIXME" about multiple locking of vt_buf in vt_flush() After some testing, it appears that acquiring the lock once and keeping it longer is slower than taking it multiple times. While here, fix a typo in another comment. r270388: vt_vga: Give only the character part of term_char_t to vga_get_cp437() This fixes a bug where vga_get_cp437() was called with an invalid argument. The screen was then filled with '?' instead of the actual character. r270390: Fix a crash in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when in textmode In textmode, no font is loaded, thus the page fault in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when it wants the font width/height. For now, create a fake area for the textmode. This needs to be modified if vt_vga gains mouse support in textmode. While here, fix a build failure when SC_NO_CUTPASTE is defined: vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() must not be included in this case. r270404: Fix cursor handling in vt_flush() There were situations where the cursor was not erased/redrawn or its position was marked as dirty even though it's not displayed. The code is now more straightforward. At the same, add a function to determine if the cursor covers a given area. This is used by backends to know if they need to draw the cursor. This new function should be paired with a new state in struct vt_device, called vd_mshown, which indicates if the cursor should be displayed. This again simplifies vd_bitblt_text_t callback's API. r270431: vt(4): Add vd_bitblt_bmp_t callback The code was already there in all backends, we just expose it. This is used to display the splash screen. r270446: Remove vd_bitbltchr_t It's replaced by vd_bitblt_text_t, which gives more context to the backend and allows it to perform more efficiently when redrawing a given area. r270448: Fix order of arguments (x <-> y) when showing the splash screen r270485: vt_vga: Fix the display of the splash screen r270587: Take font offset into account in vt_is_cursor_in_area() This fixes a "General protection fault" in vt_vga, where vt_is_cursor_in_area() erroneously reported that the cursor was over the text. This led to negative integers stored in "unsigned int" and chaos. r270589: The cursor coordinates are relative to the drawn area ... not the whole screen. Don't use font offsets in vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty(). This fixes a bug where the mouse position wasn't marked as dirty when approaching the borders of the drawn area. r270613: Store a rectangle for the drawable area, not just the top-left corner This allows backends to verify they do not draw outside of this area. This fixes a bug in vt_vga where the text was happily drawn over the right and bottom margins, when using the Gallant font. r270618: Intialize drawable area rectangle each time a font is loaded This also fixes a problem where early in boot, the area was zero, leading to nothing displayed for a few seconds. r270620: vt_vga: Use Write Mode 0 to draw group of 8 pixels using 3 or more colors This replaces the method based on Write Mode 3, which required reads from the video memory to load the latches. r270667: When creating a window buffer, fill it entirely ... not just the visible part. This fixes a bug where, when switching from eg. vt_vga to vt_fb (ie. the resolution goes up), the originally hidden, uninitialized area of the buffer is displayed on the screen. This leads to a missing text cursor when it's over an unitialized area. This was also visible when selecting text: the uninitialized area was not highlighted. Internally, this area was zeroed: characters were all 0x00000000, meaning the foreground and background color was black. Now, everything is filled with a space with a gray foreground color, like the visible area. While here, remove the check for the mute flag and always use TERMINAL_NORM_ATTR as the character attribute (ie. gray foreground, black background). r270702: Implement basic support for KDSETMODE ioctl With the current implementation, this allows an X11 server to tell the console it switches a particular window in "graphics mode". This information is used by the mouse handling code to ignore sysmouse events in the window taken by the X server: only him should receive those events. r270707: Pause the vt_flush() timer when the screen is up-to-date The timer is restarted whenever a window buffer is marked as dirty or the mouse cursor moves. There's still room for improvement. For instance, we should not mark a window buffer as dirty when this window isn't displayed. r270708: vt(4): Recompute the drawable area when the resolution changes This was only done when the font changed. r270720: vt(4): Fix mouse cursor handling in vt_fb/creator_vt/ofwfb There were two issues: 1. The area given to vt_is_cursor_in_area() was adding the drawable area offset, something already handled by this function. 2. The cursor was shifted on the screen by the offset of this area and thus was misplaced or not erased. Furthermore, when reaching the bottom or right borders, the cursor was either totally removed or not erased correctly. r270721: vt(4): If the terminal shrinks, make sure the mouse is inside the new area r270785: vt(4): Change vb_history_size from "int" to "unsigned int" CID: 1230002, 1230003 r270786: Indicate that KDSETRAD case falls through the next case CID: 1229953 Relnotes: Yes |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/sys/dev/mii/ | ||
| H A D | ciphy.c | diff 221407 Tue May 03 20:00:00 MDT 2011 marius - Remove attempts to implement setting of BMCR_LOOP/MIIF_NOLOOP (reporting IFM_LOOP based on BMCR_LOOP is left in place though as it might provide useful for debugging). For most mii(4) drivers it was unclear whether the PHYs driven by them actually support loopback or not. Moreover, typically loopback mode also needs to be activated on the MAC, which none of the Ethernet drivers using mii(4) implements. Given that loopback media has no real use (and obviously hardly had a chance to actually work) besides for driver development (which just loopback mode should be sufficient for though, i.e one doesn't necessary need support for loopback media) support for it is just dropped as both NetBSD and OpenBSD already did quite some time ago. - Let mii_phy_add_media() also announce the support of IFM_NONE. - Restructure the PHY entry points to use a structure of entry points instead of discrete function pointers, and extend this to include a "reset" entry point. Make sure any PHY-specific reset routine is always used, and provide one for lxtphy(4) which disables MII interrupts (as is done for a few other PHYs we have drivers for). This includes changing NIC drivers which previously just called the generic mii_phy_reset() to now actually call the PHY-specific reset routine, which might be crucial in some cases. While at it, the redundant checks in these NIC drivers for mii->mii_instance not being zero before calling the reset routines were removed because as soon as one PHY driver attaches mii->mii_instance is incremented and we hardly can end up in their media change callbacks etc if no PHY driver has attached as mii_attach() would have failed in that case and not attach a miibus(4) instance. Consequently, NIC drivers now no longer should call mii_phy_reset() directly, so it was removed from EXPORT_SYMS. - Add a mii_phy_dev_attach() as a companion helper to mii_phy_dev_probe(). The purpose of that function is to perform the common steps to attach a PHY driver instance and to hook it up to the miibus(4) instance and to optionally also handle the probing, addition and initialization of the supported media. So all a PHY driver without any special requirements has to do in its bus attach method is to call mii_phy_dev_attach() along with PHY-specific MIIF_* flags, a pointer to its PHY functions and the add_media set to one. All PHY drivers were updated to take advantage of mii_phy_dev_attach() as appropriate. Along with these changes the capability mask was added to the mii_softc structure so PHY drivers taking advantage of mii_phy_dev_attach() but still handling media on their own do not need to fiddle with the MII attach arguments anyway. - Keep track of the PHY offset in the mii_softc structure. This is done for compatibility with NetBSD/OpenBSD. - Keep track of the PHY's OUI, model and revision in the mii_softc structure. Several PHY drivers require this information also after attaching and previously had to wrap their own softc around mii_softc. NetBSD/OpenBSD also keep track of the model and revision on their mii_softc structure. All PHY drivers were updated to take advantage as appropriate. - Convert the mebers of the MII data structure to unsigned where appropriate. This is partly inspired by NetBSD/OpenBSD. - According to IEEE 802.3-2002 the bits actually have to be reversed when mapping an OUI to the MII ID registers. All PHY drivers and miidevs where changed as necessary. Actually this now again allows to largely share miidevs with NetBSD, which fixed this problem already 9 years ago. Consequently miidevs was synced as far as possible. - Add MIIF_NOMANPAUSE and mii_phy_flowstatus() calls to drivers that weren't explicitly converted to support flow control before. It's unclear whether flow control actually works with these but typically it should and their net behavior should be more correct with these changes in place than without if the MAC driver sets MIIF_DOPAUSE. Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) Reviewed by: yongari (earlier version), silence on arch@ and net@ diff 221407 Tue May 03 20:00:00 MDT 2011 marius - Remove attempts to implement setting of BMCR_LOOP/MIIF_NOLOOP (reporting IFM_LOOP based on BMCR_LOOP is left in place though as it might provide useful for debugging). For most mii(4) drivers it was unclear whether the PHYs driven by them actually support loopback or not. Moreover, typically loopback mode also needs to be activated on the MAC, which none of the Ethernet drivers using mii(4) implements. Given that loopback media has no real use (and obviously hardly had a chance to actually work) besides for driver development (which just loopback mode should be sufficient for though, i.e one doesn't necessary need support for loopback media) support for it is just dropped as both NetBSD and OpenBSD already did quite some time ago. - Let mii_phy_add_media() also announce the support of IFM_NONE. - Restructure the PHY entry points to use a structure of entry points instead of discrete function pointers, and extend this to include a "reset" entry point. Make sure any PHY-specific reset routine is always used, and provide one for lxtphy(4) which disables MII interrupts (as is done for a few other PHYs we have drivers for). This includes changing NIC drivers which previously just called the generic mii_phy_reset() to now actually call the PHY-specific reset routine, which might be crucial in some cases. While at it, the redundant checks in these NIC drivers for mii->mii_instance not being zero before calling the reset routines were removed because as soon as one PHY driver attaches mii->mii_instance is incremented and we hardly can end up in their media change callbacks etc if no PHY driver has attached as mii_attach() would have failed in that case and not attach a miibus(4) instance. Consequently, NIC drivers now no longer should call mii_phy_reset() directly, so it was removed from EXPORT_SYMS. - Add a mii_phy_dev_attach() as a companion helper to mii_phy_dev_probe(). The purpose of that function is to perform the common steps to attach a PHY driver instance and to hook it up to the miibus(4) instance and to optionally also handle the probing, addition and initialization of the supported media. So all a PHY driver without any special requirements has to do in its bus attach method is to call mii_phy_dev_attach() along with PHY-specific MIIF_* flags, a pointer to its PHY functions and the add_media set to one. All PHY drivers were updated to take advantage of mii_phy_dev_attach() as appropriate. Along with these changes the capability mask was added to the mii_softc structure so PHY drivers taking advantage of mii_phy_dev_attach() but still handling media on their own do not need to fiddle with the MII attach arguments anyway. - Keep track of the PHY offset in the mii_softc structure. This is done for compatibility with NetBSD/OpenBSD. - Keep track of the PHY's OUI, model and revision in the mii_softc structure. Several PHY drivers require this information also after attaching and previously had to wrap their own softc around mii_softc. NetBSD/OpenBSD also keep track of the model and revision on their mii_softc structure. All PHY drivers were updated to take advantage as appropriate. - Convert the mebers of the MII data structure to unsigned where appropriate. This is partly inspired by NetBSD/OpenBSD. - According to IEEE 802.3-2002 the bits actually have to be reversed when mapping an OUI to the MII ID registers. All PHY drivers and miidevs where changed as necessary. Actually this now again allows to largely share miidevs with NetBSD, which fixed this problem already 9 years ago. Consequently miidevs was synced as far as possible. - Add MIIF_NOMANPAUSE and mii_phy_flowstatus() calls to drivers that weren't explicitly converted to support flow control before. It's unclear whether flow control actually works with these but typically it should and their net behavior should be more correct with these changes in place than without if the MAC driver sets MIIF_DOPAUSE. Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) Reviewed by: yongari (earlier version), silence on arch@ and net@ diff 221407 Tue May 03 20:00:00 MDT 2011 marius - Remove attempts to implement setting of BMCR_LOOP/MIIF_NOLOOP (reporting IFM_LOOP based on BMCR_LOOP is left in place though as it might provide useful for debugging). For most mii(4) drivers it was unclear whether the PHYs driven by them actually support loopback or not. Moreover, typically loopback mode also needs to be activated on the MAC, which none of the Ethernet drivers using mii(4) implements. Given that loopback media has no real use (and obviously hardly had a chance to actually work) besides for driver development (which just loopback mode should be sufficient for though, i.e one doesn't necessary need support for loopback media) support for it is just dropped as both NetBSD and OpenBSD already did quite some time ago. - Let mii_phy_add_media() also announce the support of IFM_NONE. - Restructure the PHY entry points to use a structure of entry points instead of discrete function pointers, and extend this to include a "reset" entry point. Make sure any PHY-specific reset routine is always used, and provide one for lxtphy(4) which disables MII interrupts (as is done for a few other PHYs we have drivers for). This includes changing NIC drivers which previously just called the generic mii_phy_reset() to now actually call the PHY-specific reset routine, which might be crucial in some cases. While at it, the redundant checks in these NIC drivers for mii->mii_instance not being zero before calling the reset routines were removed because as soon as one PHY driver attaches mii->mii_instance is incremented and we hardly can end up in their media change callbacks etc if no PHY driver has attached as mii_attach() would have failed in that case and not attach a miibus(4) instance. Consequently, NIC drivers now no longer should call mii_phy_reset() directly, so it was removed from EXPORT_SYMS. - Add a mii_phy_dev_attach() as a companion helper to mii_phy_dev_probe(). The purpose of that function is to perform the common steps to attach a PHY driver instance and to hook it up to the miibus(4) instance and to optionally also handle the probing, addition and initialization of the supported media. So all a PHY driver without any special requirements has to do in its bus attach method is to call mii_phy_dev_attach() along with PHY-specific MIIF_* flags, a pointer to its PHY functions and the add_media set to one. All PHY drivers were updated to take advantage of mii_phy_dev_attach() as appropriate. Along with these changes the capability mask was added to the mii_softc structure so PHY drivers taking advantage of mii_phy_dev_attach() but still handling media on their own do not need to fiddle with the MII attach arguments anyway. - Keep track of the PHY offset in the mii_softc structure. This is done for compatibility with NetBSD/OpenBSD. - Keep track of the PHY's OUI, model and revision in the mii_softc structure. Several PHY drivers require this information also after attaching and previously had to wrap their own softc around mii_softc. NetBSD/OpenBSD also keep track of the model and revision on their mii_softc structure. All PHY drivers were updated to take advantage as appropriate. - Convert the mebers of the MII data structure to unsigned where appropriate. This is partly inspired by NetBSD/OpenBSD. - According to IEEE 802.3-2002 the bits actually have to be reversed when mapping an OUI to the MII ID registers. All PHY drivers and miidevs where changed as necessary. Actually this now again allows to largely share miidevs with NetBSD, which fixed this problem already 9 years ago. Consequently miidevs was synced as far as possible. - Add MIIF_NOMANPAUSE and mii_phy_flowstatus() calls to drivers that weren't explicitly converted to support flow control before. It's unclear whether flow control actually works with these but typically it should and their net behavior should be more correct with these changes in place than without if the MAC driver sets MIIF_DOPAUSE. Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) Reviewed by: yongari (earlier version), silence on arch@ and net@ diff 221407 Tue May 03 20:00:00 MDT 2011 marius - Remove attempts to implement setting of BMCR_LOOP/MIIF_NOLOOP (reporting IFM_LOOP based on BMCR_LOOP is left in place though as it might provide useful for debugging). For most mii(4) drivers it was unclear whether the PHYs driven by them actually support loopback or not. Moreover, typically loopback mode also needs to be activated on the MAC, which none of the Ethernet drivers using mii(4) implements. Given that loopback media has no real use (and obviously hardly had a chance to actually work) besides for driver development (which just loopback mode should be sufficient for though, i.e one doesn't necessary need support for loopback media) support for it is just dropped as both NetBSD and OpenBSD already did quite some time ago. - Let mii_phy_add_media() also announce the support of IFM_NONE. - Restructure the PHY entry points to use a structure of entry points instead of discrete function pointers, and extend this to include a "reset" entry point. Make sure any PHY-specific reset routine is always used, and provide one for lxtphy(4) which disables MII interrupts (as is done for a few other PHYs we have drivers for). This includes changing NIC drivers which previously just called the generic mii_phy_reset() to now actually call the PHY-specific reset routine, which might be crucial in some cases. While at it, the redundant checks in these NIC drivers for mii->mii_instance not being zero before calling the reset routines were removed because as soon as one PHY driver attaches mii->mii_instance is incremented and we hardly can end up in their media change callbacks etc if no PHY driver has attached as mii_attach() would have failed in that case and not attach a miibus(4) instance. Consequently, NIC drivers now no longer should call mii_phy_reset() directly, so it was removed from EXPORT_SYMS. - Add a mii_phy_dev_attach() as a companion helper to mii_phy_dev_probe(). The purpose of that function is to perform the common steps to attach a PHY driver instance and to hook it up to the miibus(4) instance and to optionally also handle the probing, addition and initialization of the supported media. So all a PHY driver without any special requirements has to do in its bus attach method is to call mii_phy_dev_attach() along with PHY-specific MIIF_* flags, a pointer to its PHY functions and the add_media set to one. All PHY drivers were updated to take advantage of mii_phy_dev_attach() as appropriate. Along with these changes the capability mask was added to the mii_softc structure so PHY drivers taking advantage of mii_phy_dev_attach() but still handling media on their own do not need to fiddle with the MII attach arguments anyway. - Keep track of the PHY offset in the mii_softc structure. This is done for compatibility with NetBSD/OpenBSD. - Keep track of the PHY's OUI, model and revision in the mii_softc structure. Several PHY drivers require this information also after attaching and previously had to wrap their own softc around mii_softc. NetBSD/OpenBSD also keep track of the model and revision on their mii_softc structure. All PHY drivers were updated to take advantage as appropriate. - Convert the mebers of the MII data structure to unsigned where appropriate. This is partly inspired by NetBSD/OpenBSD. - According to IEEE 802.3-2002 the bits actually have to be reversed when mapping an OUI to the MII ID registers. All PHY drivers and miidevs where changed as necessary. Actually this now again allows to largely share miidevs with NetBSD, which fixed this problem already 9 years ago. Consequently miidevs was synced as far as possible. - Add MIIF_NOMANPAUSE and mii_phy_flowstatus() calls to drivers that weren't explicitly converted to support flow control before. It's unclear whether flow control actually works with these but typically it should and their net behavior should be more correct with these changes in place than without if the MAC driver sets MIIF_DOPAUSE. Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) Reviewed by: yongari (earlier version), silence on arch@ and net@ diff 221407 Tue May 03 20:00:00 MDT 2011 marius - Remove attempts to implement setting of BMCR_LOOP/MIIF_NOLOOP (reporting IFM_LOOP based on BMCR_LOOP is left in place though as it might provide useful for debugging). For most mii(4) drivers it was unclear whether the PHYs driven by them actually support loopback or not. Moreover, typically loopback mode also needs to be activated on the MAC, which none of the Ethernet drivers using mii(4) implements. Given that loopback media has no real use (and obviously hardly had a chance to actually work) besides for driver development (which just loopback mode should be sufficient for though, i.e one doesn't necessary need support for loopback media) support for it is just dropped as both NetBSD and OpenBSD already did quite some time ago. - Let mii_phy_add_media() also announce the support of IFM_NONE. - Restructure the PHY entry points to use a structure of entry points instead of discrete function pointers, and extend this to include a "reset" entry point. Make sure any PHY-specific reset routine is always used, and provide one for lxtphy(4) which disables MII interrupts (as is done for a few other PHYs we have drivers for). This includes changing NIC drivers which previously just called the generic mii_phy_reset() to now actually call the PHY-specific reset routine, which might be crucial in some cases. While at it, the redundant checks in these NIC drivers for mii->mii_instance not being zero before calling the reset routines were removed because as soon as one PHY driver attaches mii->mii_instance is incremented and we hardly can end up in their media change callbacks etc if no PHY driver has attached as mii_attach() would have failed in that case and not attach a miibus(4) instance. Consequently, NIC drivers now no longer should call mii_phy_reset() directly, so it was removed from EXPORT_SYMS. - Add a mii_phy_dev_attach() as a companion helper to mii_phy_dev_probe(). The purpose of that function is to perform the common steps to attach a PHY driver instance and to hook it up to the miibus(4) instance and to optionally also handle the probing, addition and initialization of the supported media. So all a PHY driver without any special requirements has to do in its bus attach method is to call mii_phy_dev_attach() along with PHY-specific MIIF_* flags, a pointer to its PHY functions and the add_media set to one. All PHY drivers were updated to take advantage of mii_phy_dev_attach() as appropriate. Along with these changes the capability mask was added to the mii_softc structure so PHY drivers taking advantage of mii_phy_dev_attach() but still handling media on their own do not need to fiddle with the MII attach arguments anyway. - Keep track of the PHY offset in the mii_softc structure. This is done for compatibility with NetBSD/OpenBSD. - Keep track of the PHY's OUI, model and revision in the mii_softc structure. Several PHY drivers require this information also after attaching and previously had to wrap their own softc around mii_softc. NetBSD/OpenBSD also keep track of the model and revision on their mii_softc structure. All PHY drivers were updated to take advantage as appropriate. - Convert the mebers of the MII data structure to unsigned where appropriate. This is partly inspired by NetBSD/OpenBSD. - According to IEEE 802.3-2002 the bits actually have to be reversed when mapping an OUI to the MII ID registers. All PHY drivers and miidevs where changed as necessary. Actually this now again allows to largely share miidevs with NetBSD, which fixed this problem already 9 years ago. Consequently miidevs was synced as far as possible. - Add MIIF_NOMANPAUSE and mii_phy_flowstatus() calls to drivers that weren't explicitly converted to support flow control before. It's unclear whether flow control actually works with these but typically it should and their net behavior should be more correct with these changes in place than without if the MAC driver sets MIIF_DOPAUSE. Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) Reviewed by: yongari (earlier version), silence on arch@ and net@ diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks diff 215297 Sun Nov 14 13:29:56 MST 2010 marius o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control support in mii(4): - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD, IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the following advantages: o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA) o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented, like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4), by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE o the available combinations of media options are readily available from the `ifconfig -m` output - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so these are understood by ifconfig(8). o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable: - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only applicable to IFM_1000_T to date. - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in the PHY specific implementations). - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it is understood by ifconfig(8). o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants, i.e. typically only for copper. o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0 and some IFM_FLAGn. o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the contents of the BMSR though. o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual media selection. o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY drivers. o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's not applicable there. Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/sys/dev/mpr/ | ||
| H A D | mpr_user.c | diff 265730 Fri May 09 04:10:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC mpr(4) driver changes. This includes r265386, r265424, and r265473. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265386 | ken | 2014-05-05 13:53:03 -0600 (Mon, 05 May 2014) | 15 lines Adjust #if statements inside mprsas_send_smpcmd() to more accurately reflect when unmapped I/O support was added. For FreeBSD 10, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 1000028. For FreeBSD 9, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 902001. Also, fix compiler warnings in mprsas_send_smpcmd() that happen in the i386 PAE build for non-unmapped I/O builds. These were fixed in mps(4) in revision 241145, but didn't make it into the mpr(4) driver. This change should only affect FreeBSD versions outside the above revisions, and thus doesn't affect head. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265424 | ken | 2014-05-06 00:18:43 -0600 (Tue, 06 May 2014) | 33 lines Fix a problem with async notifications in the mpr(4) driver. This problem only occurs on versions of FreeBSD prior to the recent CAM locking changes. (i.e. stable/9 and older versions of stable/10) This change should be a no-op for head and stable/10. If a path isn't specified, xpt_register_async() will create a fully wildcarded path and acquire a lock (the XPT lock in older versions, and via xpt_path_lock() in newer versions) to call xpt_action() for the XPT_SASYNC_CB CCB. It will then drop the lock and if the requested event includes AC_FOUND_DEVICE or AC_PATH_REGISTERED, it will get the caller up to date with any device arrivals or path registrations. The issue is that before the locking changes, each SIM lock would get acquired in turn during the EDT tree traversal process. If a path is specified for xpt_register_async(), it won't acquire and drop its own lock, but instead expects the caller to hold its own SIM lock. That works for the first part of xpt_register_async(), but causes a recursive lock acquisition once the EDT traversal happens and it comes to the SIM in question. And it isn't possible to call xpt_action() without holding a SIM lock. The locking changes fix this by using the XPT topology lock for EDT traversal, so it is no longer an issue to hold the SIM lock while calling xpt_register_async(). The solution for FreeBSD versions before the locking changes is to request notification of all device arrivals (so we pass a NULL path into xpt_register_async()) and then filter out the arrivals that are not ours. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265473 | ken | 2014-05-06 16:13:38 -0600 (Tue, 06 May 2014) | 7 lines Change the device name for mpr(4) from /dev/mpr_N to /dev/mprN. This is more consistent with the existing mps(4) behavior. Reviewed by: Steve McConnell <stephen.mcconnell@avagotech.com> ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic diff 265730 Fri May 09 04:10:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC mpr(4) driver changes. This includes r265386, r265424, and r265473. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265386 | ken | 2014-05-05 13:53:03 -0600 (Mon, 05 May 2014) | 15 lines Adjust #if statements inside mprsas_send_smpcmd() to more accurately reflect when unmapped I/O support was added. For FreeBSD 10, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 1000028. For FreeBSD 9, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 902001. Also, fix compiler warnings in mprsas_send_smpcmd() that happen in the i386 PAE build for non-unmapped I/O builds. These were fixed in mps(4) in revision 241145, but didn't make it into the mpr(4) driver. This change should only affect FreeBSD versions outside the above revisions, and thus doesn't affect head. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265424 | ken | 2014-05-06 00:18:43 -0600 (Tue, 06 May 2014) | 33 lines Fix a problem with async notifications in the mpr(4) driver. This problem only occurs on versions of FreeBSD prior to the recent CAM locking changes. (i.e. stable/9 and older versions of stable/10) This change should be a no-op for head and stable/10. If a path isn't specified, xpt_register_async() will create a fully wildcarded path and acquire a lock (the XPT lock in older versions, and via xpt_path_lock() in newer versions) to call xpt_action() for the XPT_SASYNC_CB CCB. It will then drop the lock and if the requested event includes AC_FOUND_DEVICE or AC_PATH_REGISTERED, it will get the caller up to date with any device arrivals or path registrations. The issue is that before the locking changes, each SIM lock would get acquired in turn during the EDT tree traversal process. If a path is specified for xpt_register_async(), it won't acquire and drop its own lock, but instead expects the caller to hold its own SIM lock. That works for the first part of xpt_register_async(), but causes a recursive lock acquisition once the EDT traversal happens and it comes to the SIM in question. And it isn't possible to call xpt_action() without holding a SIM lock. The locking changes fix this by using the XPT topology lock for EDT traversal, so it is no longer an issue to hold the SIM lock while calling xpt_register_async(). The solution for FreeBSD versions before the locking changes is to request notification of all device arrivals (so we pass a NULL path into xpt_register_async()) and then filter out the arrivals that are not ours. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265473 | ken | 2014-05-06 16:13:38 -0600 (Tue, 06 May 2014) | 7 lines Change the device name for mpr(4) from /dev/mpr_N to /dev/mprN. This is more consistent with the existing mps(4) behavior. Reviewed by: Steve McConnell <stephen.mcconnell@avagotech.com> ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic diff 265730 Fri May 09 04:10:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC mpr(4) driver changes. This includes r265386, r265424, and r265473. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265386 | ken | 2014-05-05 13:53:03 -0600 (Mon, 05 May 2014) | 15 lines Adjust #if statements inside mprsas_send_smpcmd() to more accurately reflect when unmapped I/O support was added. For FreeBSD 10, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 1000028. For FreeBSD 9, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 902001. Also, fix compiler warnings in mprsas_send_smpcmd() that happen in the i386 PAE build for non-unmapped I/O builds. These were fixed in mps(4) in revision 241145, but didn't make it into the mpr(4) driver. This change should only affect FreeBSD versions outside the above revisions, and thus doesn't affect head. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265424 | ken | 2014-05-06 00:18:43 -0600 (Tue, 06 May 2014) | 33 lines Fix a problem with async notifications in the mpr(4) driver. This problem only occurs on versions of FreeBSD prior to the recent CAM locking changes. (i.e. stable/9 and older versions of stable/10) This change should be a no-op for head and stable/10. If a path isn't specified, xpt_register_async() will create a fully wildcarded path and acquire a lock (the XPT lock in older versions, and via xpt_path_lock() in newer versions) to call xpt_action() for the XPT_SASYNC_CB CCB. It will then drop the lock and if the requested event includes AC_FOUND_DEVICE or AC_PATH_REGISTERED, it will get the caller up to date with any device arrivals or path registrations. The issue is that before the locking changes, each SIM lock would get acquired in turn during the EDT tree traversal process. If a path is specified for xpt_register_async(), it won't acquire and drop its own lock, but instead expects the caller to hold its own SIM lock. That works for the first part of xpt_register_async(), but causes a recursive lock acquisition once the EDT traversal happens and it comes to the SIM in question. And it isn't possible to call xpt_action() without holding a SIM lock. The locking changes fix this by using the XPT topology lock for EDT traversal, so it is no longer an issue to hold the SIM lock while calling xpt_register_async(). The solution for FreeBSD versions before the locking changes is to request notification of all device arrivals (so we pass a NULL path into xpt_register_async()) and then filter out the arrivals that are not ours. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265473 | ken | 2014-05-06 16:13:38 -0600 (Tue, 06 May 2014) | 7 lines Change the device name for mpr(4) from /dev/mpr_N to /dev/mprN. This is more consistent with the existing mps(4) behavior. Reviewed by: Steve McConnell <stephen.mcconnell@avagotech.com> ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic diff 265730 Fri May 09 04:10:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC mpr(4) driver changes. This includes r265386, r265424, and r265473. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265386 | ken | 2014-05-05 13:53:03 -0600 (Mon, 05 May 2014) | 15 lines Adjust #if statements inside mprsas_send_smpcmd() to more accurately reflect when unmapped I/O support was added. For FreeBSD 10, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 1000028. For FreeBSD 9, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 902001. Also, fix compiler warnings in mprsas_send_smpcmd() that happen in the i386 PAE build for non-unmapped I/O builds. These were fixed in mps(4) in revision 241145, but didn't make it into the mpr(4) driver. This change should only affect FreeBSD versions outside the above revisions, and thus doesn't affect head. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265424 | ken | 2014-05-06 00:18:43 -0600 (Tue, 06 May 2014) | 33 lines Fix a problem with async notifications in the mpr(4) driver. This problem only occurs on versions of FreeBSD prior to the recent CAM locking changes. (i.e. stable/9 and older versions of stable/10) This change should be a no-op for head and stable/10. If a path isn't specified, xpt_register_async() will create a fully wildcarded path and acquire a lock (the XPT lock in older versions, and via xpt_path_lock() in newer versions) to call xpt_action() for the XPT_SASYNC_CB CCB. It will then drop the lock and if the requested event includes AC_FOUND_DEVICE or AC_PATH_REGISTERED, it will get the caller up to date with any device arrivals or path registrations. The issue is that before the locking changes, each SIM lock would get acquired in turn during the EDT tree traversal process. If a path is specified for xpt_register_async(), it won't acquire and drop its own lock, but instead expects the caller to hold its own SIM lock. That works for the first part of xpt_register_async(), but causes a recursive lock acquisition once the EDT traversal happens and it comes to the SIM in question. And it isn't possible to call xpt_action() without holding a SIM lock. The locking changes fix this by using the XPT topology lock for EDT traversal, so it is no longer an issue to hold the SIM lock while calling xpt_register_async(). The solution for FreeBSD versions before the locking changes is to request notification of all device arrivals (so we pass a NULL path into xpt_register_async()) and then filter out the arrivals that are not ours. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265473 | ken | 2014-05-06 16:13:38 -0600 (Tue, 06 May 2014) | 7 lines Change the device name for mpr(4) from /dev/mpr_N to /dev/mprN. This is more consistent with the existing mps(4) behavior. Reviewed by: Steve McConnell <stephen.mcconnell@avagotech.com> ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic diff 265730 Fri May 09 04:10:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC mpr(4) driver changes. This includes r265386, r265424, and r265473. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265386 | ken | 2014-05-05 13:53:03 -0600 (Mon, 05 May 2014) | 15 lines Adjust #if statements inside mprsas_send_smpcmd() to more accurately reflect when unmapped I/O support was added. For FreeBSD 10, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 1000028. For FreeBSD 9, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 902001. Also, fix compiler warnings in mprsas_send_smpcmd() that happen in the i386 PAE build for non-unmapped I/O builds. These were fixed in mps(4) in revision 241145, but didn't make it into the mpr(4) driver. This change should only affect FreeBSD versions outside the above revisions, and thus doesn't affect head. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265424 | ken | 2014-05-06 00:18:43 -0600 (Tue, 06 May 2014) | 33 lines Fix a problem with async notifications in the mpr(4) driver. This problem only occurs on versions of FreeBSD prior to the recent CAM locking changes. (i.e. stable/9 and older versions of stable/10) This change should be a no-op for head and stable/10. If a path isn't specified, xpt_register_async() will create a fully wildcarded path and acquire a lock (the XPT lock in older versions, and via xpt_path_lock() in newer versions) to call xpt_action() for the XPT_SASYNC_CB CCB. It will then drop the lock and if the requested event includes AC_FOUND_DEVICE or AC_PATH_REGISTERED, it will get the caller up to date with any device arrivals or path registrations. The issue is that before the locking changes, each SIM lock would get acquired in turn during the EDT tree traversal process. If a path is specified for xpt_register_async(), it won't acquire and drop its own lock, but instead expects the caller to hold its own SIM lock. That works for the first part of xpt_register_async(), but causes a recursive lock acquisition once the EDT traversal happens and it comes to the SIM in question. And it isn't possible to call xpt_action() without holding a SIM lock. The locking changes fix this by using the XPT topology lock for EDT traversal, so it is no longer an issue to hold the SIM lock while calling xpt_register_async(). The solution for FreeBSD versions before the locking changes is to request notification of all device arrivals (so we pass a NULL path into xpt_register_async()) and then filter out the arrivals that are not ours. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265473 | ken | 2014-05-06 16:13:38 -0600 (Tue, 06 May 2014) | 7 lines Change the device name for mpr(4) from /dev/mpr_N to /dev/mprN. This is more consistent with the existing mps(4) behavior. Reviewed by: Steve McConnell <stephen.mcconnell@avagotech.com> ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic diff 265730 Fri May 09 04:10:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC mpr(4) driver changes. This includes r265386, r265424, and r265473. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265386 | ken | 2014-05-05 13:53:03 -0600 (Mon, 05 May 2014) | 15 lines Adjust #if statements inside mprsas_send_smpcmd() to more accurately reflect when unmapped I/O support was added. For FreeBSD 10, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 1000028. For FreeBSD 9, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 902001. Also, fix compiler warnings in mprsas_send_smpcmd() that happen in the i386 PAE build for non-unmapped I/O builds. These were fixed in mps(4) in revision 241145, but didn't make it into the mpr(4) driver. This change should only affect FreeBSD versions outside the above revisions, and thus doesn't affect head. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265424 | ken | 2014-05-06 00:18:43 -0600 (Tue, 06 May 2014) | 33 lines Fix a problem with async notifications in the mpr(4) driver. This problem only occurs on versions of FreeBSD prior to the recent CAM locking changes. (i.e. stable/9 and older versions of stable/10) This change should be a no-op for head and stable/10. If a path isn't specified, xpt_register_async() will create a fully wildcarded path and acquire a lock (the XPT lock in older versions, and via xpt_path_lock() in newer versions) to call xpt_action() for the XPT_SASYNC_CB CCB. It will then drop the lock and if the requested event includes AC_FOUND_DEVICE or AC_PATH_REGISTERED, it will get the caller up to date with any device arrivals or path registrations. The issue is that before the locking changes, each SIM lock would get acquired in turn during the EDT tree traversal process. If a path is specified for xpt_register_async(), it won't acquire and drop its own lock, but instead expects the caller to hold its own SIM lock. That works for the first part of xpt_register_async(), but causes a recursive lock acquisition once the EDT traversal happens and it comes to the SIM in question. And it isn't possible to call xpt_action() without holding a SIM lock. The locking changes fix this by using the XPT topology lock for EDT traversal, so it is no longer an issue to hold the SIM lock while calling xpt_register_async(). The solution for FreeBSD versions before the locking changes is to request notification of all device arrivals (so we pass a NULL path into xpt_register_async()) and then filter out the arrivals that are not ours. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265473 | ken | 2014-05-06 16:13:38 -0600 (Tue, 06 May 2014) | 7 lines Change the device name for mpr(4) from /dev/mpr_N to /dev/mprN. This is more consistent with the existing mps(4) behavior. Reviewed by: Steve McConnell <stephen.mcconnell@avagotech.com> ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added diff 265388 Mon May 05 20:43:36 MDT 2014 ken MFC the mpr(4) driver for LSI's 12Gb SAS cards. This includes r265236, r265237, r265241 and r265261: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265236 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:25:09 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 51 lines Bring in the mpr(4) driver for LSI's MPT3 12Gb SAS controllers. This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108. Some notes about this driver: o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in this driver. o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in the 12Gb driver interface. o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather lists. Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD. share/man/man4/mpr.4: mpr(4) man page. sys/dev/mpr/*: mpr(4) driver files. sys/modules/Makefile, sys/modules/mpr/Makefile: Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver. sys/conf/files: Add the mpr(4) driver. sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC, sys/i386/conf/GENERIC, sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1, sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently have the mps(4) driver. sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC: Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC config file. sys/i386/conf/XEN: Exclude the mpr module from building here. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265237 | ken | 2014-05-02 14:36:20 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 8 lines Add the mpr(4) man page to the man4 Makefile. This should have been included in r265236. Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265241 | brueffer | 2014-05-02 15:14:28 -0600 (Fri, 02 May 2014) | 2 lines Use our standard SYNOPSIS wording; perform some cleanup while here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r265261 | brueffer | 2014-05-03 05:15:28 -0600 (Sat, 03 May 2014) | 2 lines Add a missing colon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com> Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com> Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/sys/dev/nge/ | ||
| H A D | if_ngereg.h | diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) diff 226995 Tue Nov 01 16:22:50 MDT 2011 marius - Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 4k. The only potential in-tree user left unconverted is xe(4), which generally should be changed to use miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to xe(4) just for the MII bitbang'ing code. The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for using GPIO pins to implement MII access. - Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4), tl(4) and xl(4). - Sprinkle some const. Thanks to the following testers: Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4)) Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4). Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers) Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/sys/dev/cxgbe/ | ||
| H A D | t4_main.c | diff 284089 Sat Jun 06 18:03:46 MDT 2015 np MFC r278239 and r278374. r278239: cxgbe(4): reserve id for iSCSI upper layer driver. r278374: cxgbe(4): tidy up some of the interaction between the Upper Layer Drivers (ULDs) and the base if_cxgbe driver. Track the per-adapter activation of ULDs in a new "active_ulds" field. This was done pretty arbitrarily before this change -- via TOM_INIT_DONE in adapter->flags for TOM, and the (1 << MAX_NPORTS) bit in adapter->offload_map for iWARP. iWARP and hw-accelerated iSCSI rely on the TOE (supported by the TOM ULD). The rules are: a) If the iWARP and/or iSCSI ULDs are available when TOE is enabled then iWARP and/or iSCSI are enabled too. b) When the iWARP and iSCSI modules are loaded they go looking for adapters with TOE enabled and enable themselves on that adapter. c) You cannot deactivate or unload the TOM module from underneath iWARP or iSCSI. Any such attempt will fail with EBUSY. diff 284089 Sat Jun 06 18:03:46 MDT 2015 np MFC r278239 and r278374. r278239: cxgbe(4): reserve id for iSCSI upper layer driver. r278374: cxgbe(4): tidy up some of the interaction between the Upper Layer Drivers (ULDs) and the base if_cxgbe driver. Track the per-adapter activation of ULDs in a new "active_ulds" field. This was done pretty arbitrarily before this change -- via TOM_INIT_DONE in adapter->flags for TOM, and the (1 << MAX_NPORTS) bit in adapter->offload_map for iWARP. iWARP and hw-accelerated iSCSI rely on the TOE (supported by the TOM ULD). The rules are: a) If the iWARP and/or iSCSI ULDs are available when TOE is enabled then iWARP and/or iSCSI are enabled too. b) When the iWARP and iSCSI modules are loaded they go looking for adapters with TOE enabled and enable themselves on that adapter. c) You cannot deactivate or unload the TOM module from underneath iWARP or iSCSI. Any such attempt will fail with EBUSY. diff 284052 Sat Jun 06 09:35:14 MDT 2015 np MFC r276480, r276485, r276498, r277225, r277226, r277227, r277230, r277637, and r283149 (by emaste@). r276485 is the real change here, the rest deal with the fallout of mp_ring's reliance on 64b atomics. Use the incorrectly spelled 'eigth' from struct pkthdr in this branch instead of MFC'ing r261733, which would have renamed the field of a public structure in a -STABLE branch. --- r276480: Temporarily unplug cxgbe(4) from !amd64 builds. r276485: cxgbe(4): major tx rework. a) Front load as much work as possible in if_transmit, before any driver lock or software queue has to get involved. b) Replace buf_ring with a brand new mp_ring (multiproducer ring). This is specifically for the tx multiqueue model where one of the if_transmit producer threads becomes the consumer and other producers carry on as usual. mp_ring is implemented as standalone code and it should be possible to use it in any driver with tx multiqueue. It also has: - the ability to enqueue/dequeue multiple items. This might become significant if packet batching is ever implemented. - an abdication mechanism to allow a thread to give up writing tx descriptors and have another if_transmit thread take over. A thread that's writing tx descriptors can end up doing so for an unbounded time period if a) there are other if_transmit threads continuously feeding the sofware queue, and b) the chip keeps up with whatever the thread is throwing at it. - accurate statistics about interesting events even when the stats come at the expense of additional branches/conditional code. The NIC txq lock is uncontested on the fast path at this point. I've left it there for synchronization with the control events (interface up/down, modload/unload). c) Add support for "type 1" coalescing work request in the normal NIC tx path. This work request is optimized for frames with a single item in the DMA gather list. These are very common when forwarding packets. Note that netmap tx in cxgbe already uses these "type 1" work requests. d) Do not request automatic cidx updates every 32 descriptors. Instead, request updates via bits in individual work requests (still every 32 descriptors approximately). Also, request an automatic final update when the queue idles after activity. This means NIC tx reclaim is still performed lazily but it will catch up quickly as soon as the queue idles. This seems to be the best middle ground and I'll probably do something similar for netmap tx as well. e) Implement a faster tx path for WRQs (used by TOE tx and control queues, _not_ by the normal NIC tx). Allow work requests to be written directly to the hardware descriptor ring if room is available. I will convert t4_tom and iw_cxgbe modules to this faster style gradually. r276498: cxgbe(4): remove buf_ring specific restriction on the txq size. r277225: Make cxgbe(4) buildable with the gcc in base. r277226: Allow cxgbe(4) to be built on i386. Driver attach will succeed only on a subset of i386 systems. r277227: Plug cxgbe(4) back into !powerpc && !arm builds, instead of building it on amd64 only. r277230: Build cxgbe(4) on powerpc64 too. r277637: Make sure the compiler flag to get cxgbe(4) to compile with gcc is used only when gcc is being used. This is what r277225 should have been. diff 284052 Sat Jun 06 09:35:14 MDT 2015 np MFC r276480, r276485, r276498, r277225, r277226, r277227, r277230, r277637, and r283149 (by emaste@). r276485 is the real change here, the rest deal with the fallout of mp_ring's reliance on 64b atomics. Use the incorrectly spelled 'eigth' from struct pkthdr in this branch instead of MFC'ing r261733, which would have renamed the field of a public structure in a -STABLE branch. --- r276480: Temporarily unplug cxgbe(4) from !amd64 builds. r276485: cxgbe(4): major tx rework. a) Front load as much work as possible in if_transmit, before any driver lock or software queue has to get involved. b) Replace buf_ring with a brand new mp_ring (multiproducer ring). This is specifically for the tx multiqueue model where one of the if_transmit producer threads becomes the consumer and other producers carry on as usual. mp_ring is implemented as standalone code and it should be possible to use it in any driver with tx multiqueue. It also has: - the ability to enqueue/dequeue multiple items. This might become significant if packet batching is ever implemented. - an abdication mechanism to allow a thread to give up writing tx descriptors and have another if_transmit thread take over. A thread that's writing tx descriptors can end up doing so for an unbounded time period if a) there are other if_transmit threads continuously feeding the sofware queue, and b) the chip keeps up with whatever the thread is throwing at it. - accurate statistics about interesting events even when the stats come at the expense of additional branches/conditional code. The NIC txq lock is uncontested on the fast path at this point. I've left it there for synchronization with the control events (interface up/down, modload/unload). c) Add support for "type 1" coalescing work request in the normal NIC tx path. This work request is optimized for frames with a single item in the DMA gather list. These are very common when forwarding packets. Note that netmap tx in cxgbe already uses these "type 1" work requests. d) Do not request automatic cidx updates every 32 descriptors. Instead, request updates via bits in individual work requests (still every 32 descriptors approximately). Also, request an automatic final update when the queue idles after activity. This means NIC tx reclaim is still performed lazily but it will catch up quickly as soon as the queue idles. This seems to be the best middle ground and I'll probably do something similar for netmap tx as well. e) Implement a faster tx path for WRQs (used by TOE tx and control queues, _not_ by the normal NIC tx). Allow work requests to be written directly to the hardware descriptor ring if room is available. I will convert t4_tom and iw_cxgbe modules to this faster style gradually. r276498: cxgbe(4): remove buf_ring specific restriction on the txq size. r277225: Make cxgbe(4) buildable with the gcc in base. r277226: Allow cxgbe(4) to be built on i386. Driver attach will succeed only on a subset of i386 systems. r277227: Plug cxgbe(4) back into !powerpc && !arm builds, instead of building it on amd64 only. r277230: Build cxgbe(4) on powerpc64 too. r277637: Make sure the compiler flag to get cxgbe(4) to compile with gcc is used only when gcc is being used. This is what r277225 should have been. diff 284052 Sat Jun 06 09:35:14 MDT 2015 np MFC r276480, r276485, r276498, r277225, r277226, r277227, r277230, r277637, and r283149 (by emaste@). r276485 is the real change here, the rest deal with the fallout of mp_ring's reliance on 64b atomics. Use the incorrectly spelled 'eigth' from struct pkthdr in this branch instead of MFC'ing r261733, which would have renamed the field of a public structure in a -STABLE branch. --- r276480: Temporarily unplug cxgbe(4) from !amd64 builds. r276485: cxgbe(4): major tx rework. a) Front load as much work as possible in if_transmit, before any driver lock or software queue has to get involved. b) Replace buf_ring with a brand new mp_ring (multiproducer ring). This is specifically for the tx multiqueue model where one of the if_transmit producer threads becomes the consumer and other producers carry on as usual. mp_ring is implemented as standalone code and it should be possible to use it in any driver with tx multiqueue. It also has: - the ability to enqueue/dequeue multiple items. This might become significant if packet batching is ever implemented. - an abdication mechanism to allow a thread to give up writing tx descriptors and have another if_transmit thread take over. A thread that's writing tx descriptors can end up doing so for an unbounded time period if a) there are other if_transmit threads continuously feeding the sofware queue, and b) the chip keeps up with whatever the thread is throwing at it. - accurate statistics about interesting events even when the stats come at the expense of additional branches/conditional code. The NIC txq lock is uncontested on the fast path at this point. I've left it there for synchronization with the control events (interface up/down, modload/unload). c) Add support for "type 1" coalescing work request in the normal NIC tx path. This work request is optimized for frames with a single item in the DMA gather list. These are very common when forwarding packets. Note that netmap tx in cxgbe already uses these "type 1" work requests. d) Do not request automatic cidx updates every 32 descriptors. Instead, request updates via bits in individual work requests (still every 32 descriptors approximately). Also, request an automatic final update when the queue idles after activity. This means NIC tx reclaim is still performed lazily but it will catch up quickly as soon as the queue idles. This seems to be the best middle ground and I'll probably do something similar for netmap tx as well. e) Implement a faster tx path for WRQs (used by TOE tx and control queues, _not_ by the normal NIC tx). Allow work requests to be written directly to the hardware descriptor ring if room is available. I will convert t4_tom and iw_cxgbe modules to this faster style gradually. r276498: cxgbe(4): remove buf_ring specific restriction on the txq size. r277225: Make cxgbe(4) buildable with the gcc in base. r277226: Allow cxgbe(4) to be built on i386. Driver attach will succeed only on a subset of i386 systems. r277227: Plug cxgbe(4) back into !powerpc && !arm builds, instead of building it on amd64 only. r277230: Build cxgbe(4) on powerpc64 too. r277637: Make sure the compiler flag to get cxgbe(4) to compile with gcc is used only when gcc is being used. This is what r277225 should have been. diff 284052 Sat Jun 06 09:35:14 MDT 2015 np MFC r276480, r276485, r276498, r277225, r277226, r277227, r277230, r277637, and r283149 (by emaste@). r276485 is the real change here, the rest deal with the fallout of mp_ring's reliance on 64b atomics. Use the incorrectly spelled 'eigth' from struct pkthdr in this branch instead of MFC'ing r261733, which would have renamed the field of a public structure in a -STABLE branch. --- r276480: Temporarily unplug cxgbe(4) from !amd64 builds. r276485: cxgbe(4): major tx rework. a) Front load as much work as possible in if_transmit, before any driver lock or software queue has to get involved. b) Replace buf_ring with a brand new mp_ring (multiproducer ring). This is specifically for the tx multiqueue model where one of the if_transmit producer threads becomes the consumer and other producers carry on as usual. mp_ring is implemented as standalone code and it should be possible to use it in any driver with tx multiqueue. It also has: - the ability to enqueue/dequeue multiple items. This might become significant if packet batching is ever implemented. - an abdication mechanism to allow a thread to give up writing tx descriptors and have another if_transmit thread take over. A thread that's writing tx descriptors can end up doing so for an unbounded time period if a) there are other if_transmit threads continuously feeding the sofware queue, and b) the chip keeps up with whatever the thread is throwing at it. - accurate statistics about interesting events even when the stats come at the expense of additional branches/conditional code. The NIC txq lock is uncontested on the fast path at this point. I've left it there for synchronization with the control events (interface up/down, modload/unload). c) Add support for "type 1" coalescing work request in the normal NIC tx path. This work request is optimized for frames with a single item in the DMA gather list. These are very common when forwarding packets. Note that netmap tx in cxgbe already uses these "type 1" work requests. d) Do not request automatic cidx updates every 32 descriptors. Instead, request updates via bits in individual work requests (still every 32 descriptors approximately). Also, request an automatic final update when the queue idles after activity. This means NIC tx reclaim is still performed lazily but it will catch up quickly as soon as the queue idles. This seems to be the best middle ground and I'll probably do something similar for netmap tx as well. e) Implement a faster tx path for WRQs (used by TOE tx and control queues, _not_ by the normal NIC tx). Allow work requests to be written directly to the hardware descriptor ring if room is available. I will convert t4_tom and iw_cxgbe modules to this faster style gradually. r276498: cxgbe(4): remove buf_ring specific restriction on the txq size. r277225: Make cxgbe(4) buildable with the gcc in base. r277226: Allow cxgbe(4) to be built on i386. Driver attach will succeed only on a subset of i386 systems. r277227: Plug cxgbe(4) back into !powerpc && !arm builds, instead of building it on amd64 only. r277230: Build cxgbe(4) on powerpc64 too. r277637: Make sure the compiler flag to get cxgbe(4) to compile with gcc is used only when gcc is being used. This is what r277225 should have been. diff 284052 Sat Jun 06 09:35:14 MDT 2015 np MFC r276480, r276485, r276498, r277225, r277226, r277227, r277230, r277637, and r283149 (by emaste@). r276485 is the real change here, the rest deal with the fallout of mp_ring's reliance on 64b atomics. Use the incorrectly spelled 'eigth' from struct pkthdr in this branch instead of MFC'ing r261733, which would have renamed the field of a public structure in a -STABLE branch. --- r276480: Temporarily unplug cxgbe(4) from !amd64 builds. r276485: cxgbe(4): major tx rework. a) Front load as much work as possible in if_transmit, before any driver lock or software queue has to get involved. b) Replace buf_ring with a brand new mp_ring (multiproducer ring). This is specifically for the tx multiqueue model where one of the if_transmit producer threads becomes the consumer and other producers carry on as usual. mp_ring is implemented as standalone code and it should be possible to use it in any driver with tx multiqueue. It also has: - the ability to enqueue/dequeue multiple items. This might become significant if packet batching is ever implemented. - an abdication mechanism to allow a thread to give up writing tx descriptors and have another if_transmit thread take over. A thread that's writing tx descriptors can end up doing so for an unbounded time period if a) there are other if_transmit threads continuously feeding the sofware queue, and b) the chip keeps up with whatever the thread is throwing at it. - accurate statistics about interesting events even when the stats come at the expense of additional branches/conditional code. The NIC txq lock is uncontested on the fast path at this point. I've left it there for synchronization with the control events (interface up/down, modload/unload). c) Add support for "type 1" coalescing work request in the normal NIC tx path. This work request is optimized for frames with a single item in the DMA gather list. These are very common when forwarding packets. Note that netmap tx in cxgbe already uses these "type 1" work requests. d) Do not request automatic cidx updates every 32 descriptors. Instead, request updates via bits in individual work requests (still every 32 descriptors approximately). Also, request an automatic final update when the queue idles after activity. This means NIC tx reclaim is still performed lazily but it will catch up quickly as soon as the queue idles. This seems to be the best middle ground and I'll probably do something similar for netmap tx as well. e) Implement a faster tx path for WRQs (used by TOE tx and control queues, _not_ by the normal NIC tx). Allow work requests to be written directly to the hardware descriptor ring if room is available. I will convert t4_tom and iw_cxgbe modules to this faster style gradually. r276498: cxgbe(4): remove buf_ring specific restriction on the txq size. r277225: Make cxgbe(4) buildable with the gcc in base. r277226: Allow cxgbe(4) to be built on i386. Driver attach will succeed only on a subset of i386 systems. r277227: Plug cxgbe(4) back into !powerpc && !arm builds, instead of building it on amd64 only. r277230: Build cxgbe(4) on powerpc64 too. r277637: Make sure the compiler flag to get cxgbe(4) to compile with gcc is used only when gcc is being used. This is what r277225 should have been. diff 284052 Sat Jun 06 09:35:14 MDT 2015 np MFC r276480, r276485, r276498, r277225, r277226, r277227, r277230, r277637, and r283149 (by emaste@). r276485 is the real change here, the rest deal with the fallout of mp_ring's reliance on 64b atomics. Use the incorrectly spelled 'eigth' from struct pkthdr in this branch instead of MFC'ing r261733, which would have renamed the field of a public structure in a -STABLE branch. --- r276480: Temporarily unplug cxgbe(4) from !amd64 builds. r276485: cxgbe(4): major tx rework. a) Front load as much work as possible in if_transmit, before any driver lock or software queue has to get involved. b) Replace buf_ring with a brand new mp_ring (multiproducer ring). This is specifically for the tx multiqueue model where one of the if_transmit producer threads becomes the consumer and other producers carry on as usual. mp_ring is implemented as standalone code and it should be possible to use it in any driver with tx multiqueue. It also has: - the ability to enqueue/dequeue multiple items. This might become significant if packet batching is ever implemented. - an abdication mechanism to allow a thread to give up writing tx descriptors and have another if_transmit thread take over. A thread that's writing tx descriptors can end up doing so for an unbounded time period if a) there are other if_transmit threads continuously feeding the sofware queue, and b) the chip keeps up with whatever the thread is throwing at it. - accurate statistics about interesting events even when the stats come at the expense of additional branches/conditional code. The NIC txq lock is uncontested on the fast path at this point. I've left it there for synchronization with the control events (interface up/down, modload/unload). c) Add support for "type 1" coalescing work request in the normal NIC tx path. This work request is optimized for frames with a single item in the DMA gather list. These are very common when forwarding packets. Note that netmap tx in cxgbe already uses these "type 1" work requests. d) Do not request automatic cidx updates every 32 descriptors. Instead, request updates via bits in individual work requests (still every 32 descriptors approximately). Also, request an automatic final update when the queue idles after activity. This means NIC tx reclaim is still performed lazily but it will catch up quickly as soon as the queue idles. This seems to be the best middle ground and I'll probably do something similar for netmap tx as well. e) Implement a faster tx path for WRQs (used by TOE tx and control queues, _not_ by the normal NIC tx). Allow work requests to be written directly to the hardware descriptor ring if room is available. I will convert t4_tom and iw_cxgbe modules to this faster style gradually. r276498: cxgbe(4): remove buf_ring specific restriction on the txq size. r277225: Make cxgbe(4) buildable with the gcc in base. r277226: Allow cxgbe(4) to be built on i386. Driver attach will succeed only on a subset of i386 systems. r277227: Plug cxgbe(4) back into !powerpc && !arm builds, instead of building it on amd64 only. r277230: Build cxgbe(4) on powerpc64 too. r277637: Make sure the compiler flag to get cxgbe(4) to compile with gcc is used only when gcc is being used. This is what r277225 should have been. diff 284052 Sat Jun 06 09:35:14 MDT 2015 np MFC r276480, r276485, r276498, r277225, r277226, r277227, r277230, r277637, and r283149 (by emaste@). r276485 is the real change here, the rest deal with the fallout of mp_ring's reliance on 64b atomics. Use the incorrectly spelled 'eigth' from struct pkthdr in this branch instead of MFC'ing r261733, which would have renamed the field of a public structure in a -STABLE branch. --- r276480: Temporarily unplug cxgbe(4) from !amd64 builds. r276485: cxgbe(4): major tx rework. a) Front load as much work as possible in if_transmit, before any driver lock or software queue has to get involved. b) Replace buf_ring with a brand new mp_ring (multiproducer ring). This is specifically for the tx multiqueue model where one of the if_transmit producer threads becomes the consumer and other producers carry on as usual. mp_ring is implemented as standalone code and it should be possible to use it in any driver with tx multiqueue. It also has: - the ability to enqueue/dequeue multiple items. This might become significant if packet batching is ever implemented. - an abdication mechanism to allow a thread to give up writing tx descriptors and have another if_transmit thread take over. A thread that's writing tx descriptors can end up doing so for an unbounded time period if a) there are other if_transmit threads continuously feeding the sofware queue, and b) the chip keeps up with whatever the thread is throwing at it. - accurate statistics about interesting events even when the stats come at the expense of additional branches/conditional code. The NIC txq lock is uncontested on the fast path at this point. I've left it there for synchronization with the control events (interface up/down, modload/unload). c) Add support for "type 1" coalescing work request in the normal NIC tx path. This work request is optimized for frames with a single item in the DMA gather list. These are very common when forwarding packets. Note that netmap tx in cxgbe already uses these "type 1" work requests. d) Do not request automatic cidx updates every 32 descriptors. Instead, request updates via bits in individual work requests (still every 32 descriptors approximately). Also, request an automatic final update when the queue idles after activity. This means NIC tx reclaim is still performed lazily but it will catch up quickly as soon as the queue idles. This seems to be the best middle ground and I'll probably do something similar for netmap tx as well. e) Implement a faster tx path for WRQs (used by TOE tx and control queues, _not_ by the normal NIC tx). Allow work requests to be written directly to the hardware descriptor ring if room is available. I will convert t4_tom and iw_cxgbe modules to this faster style gradually. r276498: cxgbe(4): remove buf_ring specific restriction on the txq size. r277225: Make cxgbe(4) buildable with the gcc in base. r277226: Allow cxgbe(4) to be built on i386. Driver attach will succeed only on a subset of i386 systems. r277227: Plug cxgbe(4) back into !powerpc && !arm builds, instead of building it on amd64 only. r277230: Build cxgbe(4) on powerpc64 too. r277637: Make sure the compiler flag to get cxgbe(4) to compile with gcc is used only when gcc is being used. This is what r277225 should have been. diff 284052 Sat Jun 06 09:35:14 MDT 2015 np MFC r276480, r276485, r276498, r277225, r277226, r277227, r277230, r277637, and r283149 (by emaste@). r276485 is the real change here, the rest deal with the fallout of mp_ring's reliance on 64b atomics. Use the incorrectly spelled 'eigth' from struct pkthdr in this branch instead of MFC'ing r261733, which would have renamed the field of a public structure in a -STABLE branch. --- r276480: Temporarily unplug cxgbe(4) from !amd64 builds. r276485: cxgbe(4): major tx rework. a) Front load as much work as possible in if_transmit, before any driver lock or software queue has to get involved. b) Replace buf_ring with a brand new mp_ring (multiproducer ring). This is specifically for the tx multiqueue model where one of the if_transmit producer threads becomes the consumer and other producers carry on as usual. mp_ring is implemented as standalone code and it should be possible to use it in any driver with tx multiqueue. It also has: - the ability to enqueue/dequeue multiple items. This might become significant if packet batching is ever implemented. - an abdication mechanism to allow a thread to give up writing tx descriptors and have another if_transmit thread take over. A thread that's writing tx descriptors can end up doing so for an unbounded time period if a) there are other if_transmit threads continuously feeding the sofware queue, and b) the chip keeps up with whatever the thread is throwing at it. - accurate statistics about interesting events even when the stats come at the expense of additional branches/conditional code. The NIC txq lock is uncontested on the fast path at this point. I've left it there for synchronization with the control events (interface up/down, modload/unload). c) Add support for "type 1" coalescing work request in the normal NIC tx path. This work request is optimized for frames with a single item in the DMA gather list. These are very common when forwarding packets. Note that netmap tx in cxgbe already uses these "type 1" work requests. d) Do not request automatic cidx updates every 32 descriptors. Instead, request updates via bits in individual work requests (still every 32 descriptors approximately). Also, request an automatic final update when the queue idles after activity. This means NIC tx reclaim is still performed lazily but it will catch up quickly as soon as the queue idles. This seems to be the best middle ground and I'll probably do something similar for netmap tx as well. e) Implement a faster tx path for WRQs (used by TOE tx and control queues, _not_ by the normal NIC tx). Allow work requests to be written directly to the hardware descriptor ring if room is available. I will convert t4_tom and iw_cxgbe modules to this faster style gradually. r276498: cxgbe(4): remove buf_ring specific restriction on the txq size. r277225: Make cxgbe(4) buildable with the gcc in base. r277226: Allow cxgbe(4) to be built on i386. Driver attach will succeed only on a subset of i386 systems. r277227: Plug cxgbe(4) back into !powerpc && !arm builds, instead of building it on amd64 only. r277230: Build cxgbe(4) on powerpc64 too. r277637: Make sure the compiler flag to get cxgbe(4) to compile with gcc is used only when gcc is being used. This is what r277225 should have been. |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/contrib/ntp/ntpd/ | ||
| H A D | ppsapi_timepps.h | diff 182007 Fri Aug 22 15:58:08 MDT 2008 roberto Merge ntpd & friends 4.2.4p5 from vendor/ntp/dist into head. Next commit will update usr.sbin/ntp to match this. MFC after: 2 weeks 181834 Mon Aug 18 14:28:26 MDT 2008 roberto Import ntp 4.2.4p5 in the vendor code area. Far too many changes to list here, please see CommitLog for detailed changes. XXX html/build/hints/solaris.xtra.4095849 is not being imported as it conflicts with the detect-merge-conflict.sh script in our repo. |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/contrib/ntp/sntp/ | ||
| H A D | compile | diff 182007 Fri Aug 22 15:58:08 MDT 2008 roberto Merge ntpd & friends 4.2.4p5 from vendor/ntp/dist into head. Next commit will update usr.sbin/ntp to match this. MFC after: 2 weeks 181834 Mon Aug 18 14:28:26 MDT 2008 roberto Import ntp 4.2.4p5 in the vendor code area. Far too many changes to list here, please see CommitLog for detailed changes. XXX html/build/hints/solaris.xtra.4095849 is not being imported as it conflicts with the detect-merge-conflict.sh script in our repo. |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/contrib/ntp/sntp/libopts/ | ||
| H A D | MakeDefs.inc | diff 182007 Fri Aug 22 15:58:08 MDT 2008 roberto Merge ntpd & friends 4.2.4p5 from vendor/ntp/dist into head. Next commit will update usr.sbin/ntp to match this. MFC after: 2 weeks 181834 Mon Aug 18 14:28:26 MDT 2008 roberto Import ntp 4.2.4p5 in the vendor code area. Far too many changes to list here, please see CommitLog for detailed changes. XXX html/build/hints/solaris.xtra.4095849 is not being imported as it conflicts with the detect-merge-conflict.sh script in our repo. |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/contrib/ntp/ | ||
| H A D | CommitLog-4.1.0 | diff 182007 Fri Aug 22 15:58:08 MDT 2008 roberto Merge ntpd & friends 4.2.4p5 from vendor/ntp/dist into head. Next commit will update usr.sbin/ntp to match this. MFC after: 2 weeks 181834 Mon Aug 18 14:28:26 MDT 2008 roberto Import ntp 4.2.4p5 in the vendor code area. Far too many changes to list here, please see CommitLog for detailed changes. XXX html/build/hints/solaris.xtra.4095849 is not being imported as it conflicts with the detect-merge-conflict.sh script in our repo. |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/contrib/openresolv/ | ||
| H A D | GNUmakefile | diff 282746 Mon May 11 01:34:16 MDT 2015 gjb MFC r282434: MFV r225523, r282431: r225523 (hrs): Import openresolv-3.4.4. r282431: Import openresolv-3.7.0. PR: 199854 Submitted by: yuri@rawbw.com Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation diff 282434 Mon May 04 21:22:34 MDT 2015 gjb MFV r225523, r282431: r225523 (hrs): Import openresolv-3.4.4. r282431: Import openresolv-3.7.0. PR: 199854 Submitted by: yuri@rawbw.com MFC after: 1 week Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation |
| H A D | config-null.mk | diff 282746 Mon May 11 01:34:16 MDT 2015 gjb MFC r282434: MFV r225523, r282431: r225523 (hrs): Import openresolv-3.4.4. r282431: Import openresolv-3.7.0. PR: 199854 Submitted by: yuri@rawbw.com Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation diff 282434 Mon May 04 21:22:34 MDT 2015 gjb MFV r225523, r282431: r225523 (hrs): Import openresolv-3.4.4. r282431: Import openresolv-3.7.0. PR: 199854 Submitted by: yuri@rawbw.com MFC after: 1 week Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation |
| H A D | pdns_recursor.in | diff 282746 Mon May 11 01:34:16 MDT 2015 gjb MFC r282434: MFV r225523, r282431: r225523 (hrs): Import openresolv-3.4.4. r282431: Import openresolv-3.7.0. PR: 199854 Submitted by: yuri@rawbw.com Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation diff 282434 Mon May 04 21:22:34 MDT 2015 gjb MFV r225523, r282431: r225523 (hrs): Import openresolv-3.4.4. r282431: Import openresolv-3.7.0. PR: 199854 Submitted by: yuri@rawbw.com MFC after: 1 week Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/contrib/pf/pflogd/ | ||
| H A D | pidfile.c | diff 263687 Mon Mar 24 13:52:34 MDT 2014 emaste MFC r263289: Update NetBSD Foundation copyrights to 2-clause BSD The NetBSD Foundation states "Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license." This change removes clauses 3 and 4 from copyright / license blocks that list The NetBSD Foundation as the only copyright holder. Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation diff 263687 Mon Mar 24 13:52:34 MDT 2014 emaste MFC r263289: Update NetBSD Foundation copyrights to 2-clause BSD The NetBSD Foundation states "Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license." This change removes clauses 3 and 4 from copyright / license blocks that list The NetBSD Foundation as the only copyright holder. Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/lib/libc/capability/ | ||
| H A D | cap_rights_init.3 | diff 257771 Thu Nov 07 00:04:52 MST 2013 pjd Merge r257633: - Add manual pages for capability rights (rights(4)), cap_rights_init(3) family of functions and cap_rights_get(3) function. - Update remaining Capsicum-related manual pages. Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Reviewed by: bdrewery Approved by: re (glebius) 257633 Mon Nov 04 14:20:02 MST 2013 pjd - Add manual pages for capability rights (rights(4)), cap_rights_init(3) family of functions and cap_rights_get(3) function. - Update remaining Capsicum-related manual pages. Reviewed by: bdrewery MFC after: 3 days |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/lib/libc/gen/ | ||
| H A D | cap_rights_get.3 | diff 257771 Thu Nov 07 00:04:52 MST 2013 pjd Merge r257633: - Add manual pages for capability rights (rights(4)), cap_rights_init(3) family of functions and cap_rights_get(3) function. - Update remaining Capsicum-related manual pages. Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Reviewed by: bdrewery Approved by: re (glebius) 257633 Mon Nov 04 14:20:02 MST 2013 pjd - Add manual pages for capability rights (rights(4)), cap_rights_init(3) family of functions and cap_rights_get(3) function. - Update remaining Capsicum-related manual pages. Reviewed by: bdrewery MFC after: 3 days |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/lib/libc/mips/gen/ | ||
| H A D | longjmp.c | diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/lib/libc/mips/net/ | ||
| H A D | htonl.S | diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. |
| H A D | htons.S | diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. |
| H A D | ntohl.S | diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. |
| H A D | ntohs.S | diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. |
| /freebsd-10.2-release/lib/libc/powerpc64/gen/ | ||
| H A D | fpgetmask.c | diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. |
| H A D | fpgetround.c | diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. diff 251091 Wed May 29 01:54:12 MDT 2013 emaste Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses Per the NetBSD Foundation statement Third parties are encouraged to change the license on any files which have a 4-clause license contributed to the NetBSD Foundation to a 2-clause license. |
Completed in 558 milliseconds